diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/partitioning.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/preseed.po | 1454 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/welcome.po | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/partitioning.po | 12 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pl/partitioning.po | 905 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pl/using-d-i.po | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/partitioning.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/partitioning.po | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/partitioning.po | 36 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 139 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/partitioning.po | 616 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/partitioning.po | 14 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 114 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/partitioning.po | 7 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 4 |
20 files changed, 2402 insertions, 971 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/partitioning.po b/po/el/partitioning.po index eaea53c1b..c114c8126 100644 --- a/po/el/partitioning.po +++ b/po/el/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-24 02:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -253,7 +253,8 @@ msgstr "<filename>mnt</filename>" #: partitioning.xml:110 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount point for mounting a file system temporarily" -msgstr "Σημείο προσάρτησης για την προσωρινή προσάρτηση ενός συστήματος αρχείων" +msgstr "" +"Σημείο προσάρτησης για την προσωρινή προσάρτηση ενός συστήματος αρχείων" #. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:112 @@ -303,7 +304,8 @@ msgstr "<filename>sys</filename>" #: partitioning.xml:122 #, no-c-format msgid "Virtual directory for system information (2.6 kernels)" -msgstr "Εικονικός κατάλογος για πληροφορίες σχετικά με το σύστημα (πυρήνες 2.6)" +msgstr "" +"Εικονικός κατάλογος για πληροφορίες σχετικά με το σύστημα (πυρήνες 2.6)" #. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:124 @@ -457,14 +459,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>: κάθε χρήστης θα τοπθετήσει τα προσωπικά του " "δεδομένα σε έναν υποκατάλογο του καταλόγου αυτού. Το μέγεθός του εξαρτάται " @@ -613,7 +616,13 @@ msgid "" "another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " "partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" "dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." -msgstr "Σαν παράδειγμα, ένα παλιότερο μηχάνημα στο σπίτι ,μπορεί να έχει 32ΜΒ μνήμης RAM κι έναν δίσκο IDE 1.7GB στο <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Πιθανόν να υπάρχει μια κατάτμηση 500ΜΒ για ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στο <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, μια κατάτμηση 32ΜΒ για swap στο <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> και περίπου 1.2GB στην κατάτμηση <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> για το Linux." +msgstr "" +"Σαν παράδειγμα, ένα παλιότερο μηχάνημα στο σπίτι ,μπορεί να έχει 32ΜΒ μνήμης " +"RAM κι έναν δίσκο IDE 1.7GB στο <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Πιθανόν να " +"υπάρχει μια κατάτμηση 500ΜΒ για ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στο <filename>/" +"dev/hda1</filename>, μια κατάτμηση 32ΜΒ για swap στο <filename>/dev/hda3</" +"filename> και περίπου 1.2GB στην κατάτμηση <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> " +"για το Linux." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 @@ -759,7 +768,8 @@ msgstr "Η πρώτη συσκευή DASD ονομάζεται <filename>/dev/da #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "Η δεύτερη συσκευή DASD ονομάζεται <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>.κοκ." #. Tag: para @@ -1835,4 +1845,3 @@ msgstr "" "τον πρώτο κύλινδρο μέχρι τον τελευταίο). Αυτή είναι απλά μια σύμβαση των " "επικεφαλίδων δίσκου Sun και βοηθά τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>SILO</" "command> να διατηρεί τα περιεχόμενά τους." - diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index cf6f73fd0..dedaf1673 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-12-03 10:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-02 13:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -15,213 +15,311 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:16 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Automating the installation using preseeding" msgstr "Αυτοματοποίηση της εγκατάστασης με χρήση προρυθμίσεων" +#. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Το παράρτημα αυτό εξηγεί τα \"μυστικά\" της απόδοσης προετοιμασμένων απαντήσεων σε ερωτήσεις στον &d-i; για την αυτοματοποίηση της εγκατάστασής σας." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in " +"&d-i; to automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Το παράρτημα αυτό εξηγεί τα \"μυστικά\" της απόδοσης προετοιμασμένων " +"απαντήσεων σε ερωτήσεις στον &d-i; για την αυτοματοποίηση της εγκατάστασής " +"σας." -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:411 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preseed file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Τα τμήματα ρυθμίσεων που χρησιμοποιούνται στο παράρτημα αυτό είναι διαθέσιμα επίσης σαν ένα αρχείο-παράδειγμα προρυθμίσεων στο &urlset-example-preseed;." +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:398 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preseed file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Τα τμήματα ρυθμίσεων που χρησιμοποιούνται στο παράρτημα αυτό είναι διαθέσιμα " +"επίσης σαν ένα αρχείο-παράδειγμα προρυθμίσεων στο &urlset-example-preseed;." +#. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Εισαγωγή" -#: preseed.xml:32 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Το preseeding δίνει έναν τρόπο να ορίσετε απαντήσεις σε ερωτήσεις χωρίς να πρέπει να τις εισάγετε με το χέρι κατά την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτό κάνει εφικτή την πλήρη αυτοματοποίηση των περισσότερων τύπων εγκατάστασης, προσφέροντας ακόμα και κάποια γνωρίσματα που δεν είναι διαθέσιμα στις συνηθισμένες εγκαταστάσεις." - -#: preseed.xml:39 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Using preseeding it is possible to fill in answers to questions asked during both the first stage of the installation (before the reboot into the new system) and the second stage." -msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας preseeding είναι δυνατόν να συμπληρώσετε απαντήσεις σε ερωτήσεις που γίνονται κατά την διάρκεια τόσο του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης (πριν από την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σας σύστημα) όσο και του δευτέρου σταδίου." +#: preseed.xml:32 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Το preseeding δίνει έναν τρόπο να ορίσετε απαντήσεις σε ερωτήσεις χωρίς να " +"πρέπει να τις εισάγετε με το χέρι κατά την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτό " +"κάνει εφικτή την πλήρη αυτοματοποίηση των περισσότερων τύπων εγκατάστασης, " +"προσφέροντας ακόμα και κάποια γνωρίσματα που δεν είναι διαθέσιμα στις " +"συνηθισμένες εγκαταστάσεις." -#: preseed.xml:48 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:43 +#, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding methods" msgstr "Μέθοδοι preseeding" -#: preseed.xml:49 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preseed configuration file is only loaded after they have been asked." -msgstr "Υπάρχουν τέσσερις μέθοδοι που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>αρχείο</firstterm> και <firstterm>δίκτυο</firstterm>. Preseeding με initrd θα δουλέψει με οποιαδήποτε μέθοδος εγκατάστασης και υποστηρίζει preseeding για τα περισσότερα ζητήματα, αλλά απαιτεί και την περισσότερη προετοιμασία. Preseeding με αρχείο και δίκτυο μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν η κάθε μια με διαφορετικές μεθόδους εγκατάστασης. Με αυτές τις μεθόδους (με αρχείο και με δίκτυο) οι λίγες πρώτες ερωτήσεις του εγκαταστάτη δεν μπορούν να προρυθμιστούν επειδή το αρχείο ρύθμισης της διαδιακασίας preseeding φορτώνεται μόνο μετά την διατύπωσή τους." - -#: preseed.xml:60 +#: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Ο ακόλουθος πίνακας δείχνει ποιες μέθοδοι για preseeding μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν και με ποιες μεθόδους εγκατάστασης." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. " +"With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be " +"preseeded because the preseed configuration file is only loaded after they " +"have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις μέθοδοι που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για preseeding: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>αρχείο</firstterm> και " +"<firstterm>δίκτυο</firstterm>. Preseeding με initrd θα δουλέψει με " +"οποιαδήποτε μέθοδος εγκατάστασης και υποστηρίζει preseeding για τα " +"περισσότερα ζητήματα, αλλά απαιτεί και την περισσότερη προετοιμασία. " +"Preseeding με αρχείο και δίκτυο μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν η κάθε μια με " +"διαφορετικές μεθόδους εγκατάστασης. Με αυτές τις μεθόδους (με αρχείο και με " +"δίκτυο) οι λίγες πρώτες ερωτήσεις του εγκαταστάτη δεν μπορούν να " +"προρυθμιστούν επειδή το αρχείο ρύθμισης της διαδιακασίας preseeding " +"φορτώνεται μόνο μετά την διατύπωσή τους." -#: preseed.xml:69 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Ο ακόλουθος πίνακας δείχνει ποιες μέθοδοι για preseeding μπορούν να " +"χρησιμοποιηθούν και με ποιες μεθόδους εγκατάστασης." + #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:64 +#, no-c-format msgid "Installation method" msgstr "Μέθοδος εγκατάστασης" -#: preseed.xml:69 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:64 +#, no-c-format msgid "initrd" msgstr "initrd" -#: preseed.xml:70 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:65 +#, no-c-format msgid "file" msgstr "αρχείο" -#: preseed.xml:70 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:65 +#, no-c-format msgid "network" msgstr "δίκτυο" -#: preseed.xml:76 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:71 +#, no-c-format msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "CD/DVD" -#: preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:82 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:93 preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 preseed.xml:102 preseed.xml:104 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 +#, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" -#: preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:98 preseed.xml:103 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:98 +#, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>όχι</entry>" -#: preseed.xml:81 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:76 +#, no-c-format msgid "netboot" msgstr "εκκίνηση από δίκτυο" -#: preseed.xml:86 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-μέσο <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(συμπεριλαμβάνει usb-stick)</phrase>" - -#: preseed.xml:91 +#: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-μέσο <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(συμπεριλαμβάνει usb-stick)</" +"phrase>" + #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:86 +#, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (cd-drivers)" msgstr "βασισμένη σε δισκέττα (οδηγοί-cd)" -#: preseed.xml:96 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:91 +#, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (net-drivers)" msgstr "βασισμένη σε δισκέττα (οδηγοί-δικτύου)" -#: preseed.xml:101 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: entry +#: preseed.xml:96 +#, no-c-format msgid "generic/tape" msgstr "γενική/ταινία" -#: preseed.xml:110 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preseed configuration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "Μια σημαντική διαφορά μεταξύ των μεθόδων preseeding είναι το σημείο στο οποίο γίνεται η φόρτωση και η επεξεργασία του αρχείου ρύθμισής τους. Για preseeding με initrd αυτό είναι ακριβώς με την αρχή της εγκατάστασης, πριν γίνει καν η πρώτη ερώτηση. Για preseeding με αρχείο αυτό είναι μετά την φόρτωση του CD ή της εικόνας του. Για preseeding με δίκτυο αυτό είναι μόνο μετά την ρύθμιση υου δικτύου." - -#: preseed.xml:119 +#: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." -msgstr "Σε πρακτικούς όρους αυτό σημαίνει ότι για preseeding με αρχεί και δίκτυο οι ερωτήσεις για την γλώσσα, την χώρα και την επιλογή πληκτρολογίου θα έχουν γίνει ήδη. Για preseeding με δίκτυο προσθέστε σ' αυτό τις όποιες ερωτήσεις σχετίζονται με την ρύθμιση του δικτύου. Μερικές άλλες ερωτήσεις που εμφανίζονται μόνο στην κατάσταση μεσαίας ή χαμηλής προτεραιότητας (όπως η εκτέλεση της πρώτης ανίχνευσης του υλικού) πρέπει να έχουν επίσης ήδη επεξεργαστεί." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preseed configuration file is loaded and processed. For initrd " +"preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first " +"question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image " +"has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has " +"been configured." +msgstr "" +"Μια σημαντική διαφορά μεταξύ των μεθόδων preseeding είναι το σημείο στο " +"οποίο γίνεται η φόρτωση και η επεξεργασία του αρχείου ρύθμισής τους. Για " +"preseeding με initrd αυτό είναι ακριβώς με την αρχή της εγκατάστασης, πριν " +"γίνει καν η πρώτη ερώτηση. Για preseeding με αρχείο αυτό είναι μετά την " +"φόρτωση του CD ή της εικόνας του. Για preseeding με δίκτυο αυτό είναι μόνο " +"μετά την ρύθμιση υου δικτύου." -#: preseed.xml:128 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preseeding configuration file is loaded, cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Πραφανώς, για οποιεσδήποτε ερωτήσεις έχει γίνει επεξεργασία τους πριν την φόρτωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων του preseeding, δεν μπορεί να γίνει preseeding. To <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> προσφέρει έναν τρόπο να αποφύγετε το να γίνουν αυτές οι ερωτήσεις." +#: preseed.xml:114 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " +"questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have " +"been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to " +"network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at " +"medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also " +"already have been processed." +msgstr "" +"Σε πρακτικούς όρους αυτό σημαίνει ότι για preseeding με αρχεί και δίκτυο οι " +"ερωτήσεις για την γλώσσα, την χώρα και την επιλογή πληκτρολογίου θα έχουν " +"γίνει ήδη. Για preseeding με δίκτυο προσθέστε σ' αυτό τις όποιες ερωτήσεις " +"σχετίζονται με την ρύθμιση του δικτύου. Μερικές άλλες ερωτήσεις που " +"εμφανίζονται μόνο στην κατάσταση μεσαίας ή χαμηλής προτεραιότητας (όπως η " +"εκτέλεση της πρώτης ανίχνευσης του υλικού) πρέπει να έχουν επίσης ήδη " +"επεξεργαστεί." -#: preseed.xml:139 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preseeding " +"configuration file is loaded, cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Πραφανώς, για οποιεσδήποτε ερωτήσεις έχει γίνει επεξεργασία τους πριν την " +"φόρτωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων του preseeding, δεν μπορεί να γίνει " +"preseeding. To <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> προσφέρει έναν τρόπο να " +"αποφύγετε το να γίνουν αυτές οι ερωτήσεις." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:134 +#, no-c-format msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Περιορισμοί" -#: preseed.xml:140 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM." -msgstr "Αν και οι περισσότερες ερωτήσεις που χρησιμοποιοιούνται από τον &d-i; μπορούν να προαπαντηθούν με αυτή την μέθοδο, υπάρχουν μερικές αξιοσημείωτες εξαιρέσεις. Θα πρέπει να (επανα)διαμερίσετε έναν ολόκληρο δίσκο ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε διαθέσιμο ελεύθερο χώρο σε έναν δίσκο. Δεν είναι δυνατόν να χρησιμοποιήσετε υπάρχουσες κατατμήσεις. Επίσης δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποποιήσετε preseeding για να κάνετε ρυθμίσεις RAID ή LVM." - -#: preseed.xml:212 +#: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM." +msgstr "" +"Αν και οι περισσότερες ερωτήσεις που χρησιμοποιοιούνται από τον &d-i; " +"μπορούν να προαπαντηθούν με αυτή την μέθοδο, υπάρχουν μερικές αξιοσημείωτες " +"εξαιρέσεις. Θα πρέπει να (επανα)διαμερίσετε έναν ολόκληρο δίσκο ή να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε διαθέσιμο ελεύθερο χώρο σε έναν δίσκο. Δεν είναι δυνατόν να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε υπάρχουσες κατατμήσεις. Επίσης δεν μπορείτε να " +"χρησιμοποποιήσετε preseeding για να κάνετε ρυθμίσεις RAID ή LVM." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:207 +#, no-c-format msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "Εκτέλεση προσαρμοσμένων εντολών κατά την διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης." -#: preseed.xml:213 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "A very powerfull and flexible option offered by the preseeding tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." -msgstr "Μια πολύ ισχυρή και ευέλικτη επιλογή που προσφέρεται από τα εργαλεία preseeding είναι η δυνατότητα εκτέλεσης εντολών ή \"σεναρίων\" (script) σε συγκεκριμένα σημεία της εγκατάστασης. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> για λεπτομέρειες." - -#: preseed.xml:222 +#: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the the preseeding configuration file has been loaded" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: εκτελείται αμέσως μετά την φόρτωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων του preseeding." +msgid "" +"A very powerfull and flexible option offered by the preseeding tools is the " +"ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. " +"See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Μια πολύ ισχυρή και ευέλικτη επιλογή που προσφέρεται από τα εργαλεία " +"preseeding είναι η δυνατότητα εκτέλεσης εντολών ή \"σεναρίων\" (script) σε " +"συγκεκριμένα σημεία της εγκατάστασης. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell" +"\"/> για λεπτομέρειες." -#: preseed.xml:226 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the first stage of the installation, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: εκτελείται ακριβώς πριν την επανεκκίνηση στο τέλος του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης, αλλά πριν την αποπροσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων στον κατάλογο <filename>/target</filename>." - -#: preseed.xml:231 +#: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: is run early in the second stage of the installation when <command>base-config</command> is starting up" -msgstr "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: εκτελείται νωρίς στο δεύτερο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης όταν ξεκινά η εκτέλεση της <command>base-config</command>" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the the " +"preseeding configuration file has been loaded" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: εκτελείται αμέσως μετά την " +"φόρτωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων του preseeding." -#: preseed.xml:235 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: is run at the end of <command>base-config</command>, just before the login prompt" -msgstr "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: εκτελείται στο τέλος της εκτέλεσης της <command>base-config</command>, μόλις πριν την εμφάνιση της προτροπής εισόδου στο σύστημα" +#: preseed.xml:221 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: εκτελείται ακριβώς πριν την " +"επανεκκίνηση στο τέλος του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης, αλλά πριν την " +"αποπροσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων στον κατάλογο <filename>/target</" +"filename>." -#: preseed.xml:244 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:231 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για την αλλαγή των προκαθορισμένων τιμών" -#: preseed.xml:245 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a template." -msgstr "Είναι δυνατόν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding για να αλλάξετε την προκαθορισμένη απάντηση σε μια ερώτηση, επιτρέποντας όμως ακόμα την διατύπωση της ερώτησης. Για να το κάνετε αυτό η σήμανση <firstterm>seen</firstterm> πρέπει να επανατεθεί σαν <quote>false</quote>αφού έχει δωθεί η τιμή για ένα αρχικό πρότυπο." - -#: preseed.xml:254 +#: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a template." +msgstr "" +"Είναι δυνατόν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding για να αλλάξετε την " +"προκαθορισμένη απάντηση σε μια ερώτηση, επιτρέποντας όμως ακόμα την " +"διατύπωση της ερώτησης. Για να το κάνετε αυτό η σήμανση <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> πρέπει να επανατεθεί σαν <quote>false</quote>αφού έχει δωθεί η " +"τιμή για ένα αρχικό πρότυπο." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:241 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false" @@ -229,57 +327,117 @@ msgstr "" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false" -#: preseed.xml:260 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:247 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας preseeding" -#: preseed.xml:261 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preseed file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preseed file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preseed file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Φυσικά θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε ένα αρχείο preseed και να το τοοποθετήσετε στο σημείο από το οποίο θέλετε να το χρησιμοποιήσετε. Η δημιουργία αυτού του αρχείου καλύπτεται παρακάτω σ' αυτό το παράρτημα. Η τοποθέτησή του στο σωστό σημείο είναι αρκετά προφανής για preseeding με δίκτυο ή αν θέλετε να θέλετε να \"διαβάσετε\" το αρχείο από μια δισκέττα ή ένα usb-stick. Αν θέλετε να τοποθετήσετε το αρχείο σε ένα CD ή ένα DVD θα πρέπει να ξαναδημιουργήσετε την εικόνα ISO. Το πώς μπορείτε να συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο σε έναν \"δίσκο\" initrd είναι πέρα από τις επιδιώξεις του παρόντος κειμένου. Παρακαλούμε να συμβουλευθείτε την τεκμηρίωση για προγραμματιστές του &d-i;." - -#: preseed.xml:272 +#: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "An example preseed file that you can use as basis for your preseed file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ένα παράδειγμα αρχείου preseed που μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε σαν βάση για το δικό σας αντίστοιχο, είναι διαθέσιμο από το &urlset-example-preseed. Αυτό το αρχείο βασίζεται στα τμήματα των ρυθμίσεων που περιέχονται σ' αυτό το παράρτημα." +msgid "" +"Of course you will first need to create a preseed file and place it in the " +"location from where you want to use it. Creating the preseed file is covered " +"later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly " +"straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a " +"floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you " +"will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preseed file included in " +"the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the " +"developers documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Φυσικά θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε ένα αρχείο preseed και να το τοοποθετήσετε " +"στο σημείο από το οποίο θέλετε να το χρησιμοποιήσετε. Η δημιουργία αυτού του " +"αρχείου καλύπτεται παρακάτω σ' αυτό το παράρτημα. Η τοποθέτησή του στο σωστό " +"σημείο είναι αρκετά προφανής για preseeding με δίκτυο ή αν θέλετε να θέλετε " +"να \"διαβάσετε\" το αρχείο από μια δισκέττα ή ένα usb-stick. Αν θέλετε να " +"τοποθετήσετε το αρχείο σε ένα CD ή ένα DVD θα πρέπει να ξαναδημιουργήσετε " +"την εικόνα ISO. Το πώς μπορείτε να συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο σε έναν \"δίσκο" +"\" initrd είναι πέρα από τις επιδιώξεις του παρόντος κειμένου. Παρακαλούμε " +"να συμβουλευθείτε την τεκμηρίωση για προγραμματιστές του &d-i;." -#: preseed.xml:281 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"An example preseed file that you can use as basis for your preseed file is " +"available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the " +"configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ένα παράδειγμα αρχείου preseed που μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε σαν βάση για " +"το δικό σας αντίστοιχο, είναι διαθέσιμο από το &urlset-example-preseed. Αυτό " +"το αρχείο βασίζεται στα τμήματα των ρυθμίσεων που περιέχονται σ' αυτό το " +"παράρτημα." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:268 +#, no-c-format msgid "Loading the preseed file" msgstr "Φόρτωση του αρχείου preseed." -#: preseed.xml:282 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε initrd preseeding, αρκεί μόνο να βεβαιωθείτε ότι το αρχείο με όνομα <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> περιλαμβάνεται στον ριζικό κατάλογο του δίσκου initrd. Ο εγκαταστάτης θα ελέγξει αυτόματα αν το αρχείο είναι παρόν και θα το φορτώσει." - -#: preseed.xml:289 +#: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "Για τις άλλες μεθόδους preseeding, θα χρειαστεί να πείτε στον εγκαταστάτη ποιο αρχείο θα χρησιμοποιήσετε κατά την εκκίνησή του. Αυτο γίνεται δίνοντας ένα όρισμα εκκίνησης στον πυρήνα, είτε με το χέρι κατά την στιγμή της εκκίνησης ή με επεξεργασία του αρχείου ρύθμισης του φορτωτή εκκίνησης (πχ του <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) και προσθέτοντας την παράμετρο στο τέλος της γραμμής(ών) append για τον πυρήνα." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε initrd preseeding, αρκεί μόνο να βεβαιωθείτε ότι το αρχείο " +"με όνομα <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> περιλαμβάνεται στον ριζικό " +"κατάλογο του δίσκου initrd. Ο εγκαταστάτης θα ελέγξει αυτόματα αν το αρχείο " +"είναι παρόν και θα το φορτώσει." -#: preseed.xml:297 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "If you do specify the preseed file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to 1 in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Αν όντως ορίσετε το αρχείο preseed στην ρύθμιση του φορτωτή εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ώστε να μην χρειάζεται να πατήσετε enter για να εκκινήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη. Για το syslinux αυτό σημαίνει να θέσετε τον χρόνο εξόδου (timeout) στο 1 στο αρχείο <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." - -#: preseed.xml:304 +#: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, " +"either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file " +"(e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end " +"of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Για τις άλλες μεθόδους preseeding, θα χρειαστεί να πείτε στον εγκαταστάτη " +"ποιο αρχείο θα χρησιμοποιήσετε κατά την εκκίνησή του. Αυτο γίνεται δίνοντας " +"ένα όρισμα εκκίνησης στον πυρήνα, είτε με το χέρι κατά την στιγμή της " +"εκκίνησης ή με επεξεργασία του αρχείου ρύθμισης του φορτωτή εκκίνησης (πχ " +"του <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) και προσθέτοντας την παράμετρο στο " +"τέλος της γραμμής(ών) append για τον πυρήνα." + #. Tag: para -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preseed file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preseed file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "Για να βεβαιωθείτε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης \"βλέπει\" το σωστό αρχείο, μπορείτε επιπλέον να προσδιορίσετε ένα checksum για το αρχείο. Προς το παρόν, αυτό θα πρέπει να είναι ένα md5sum, και αν καθοριστεί θα πρέπει να ταιριάζει στο αρχείο preseed, διαφορετικά ο εγκαταστάτης θα αρνηθεί να το χρησιμοποιήσει." +#: preseed.xml:284 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preseed file in the bootloader configuration, you " +"might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the " +"installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to 1 in " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Αν όντως ορίσετε το αρχείο preseed στην ρύθμιση του φορτωτή εκκίνησης, " +"μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ώστε να μην χρειάζεται να πατήσετε " +"enter για να εκκινήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη. Για το syslinux αυτό σημαίνει να " +"θέσετε τον χρόνο εξόδου (timeout) στο 1 στο αρχείο <filename>syslinux.cfg</" +"filename>." -#: preseed.xml:312 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preseed file, you can optionally " +"specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if " +"specified it must match the preseed file or the installer will refuse to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Για να βεβαιωθείτε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης \"βλέπει\" το σωστό αρχείο, μπορείτε " +"επιπλέον να προσδιορίσετε ένα checksum για το αρχείο. Προς το παρόν, αυτό θα " +"πρέπει να είναι ένα md5sum, και αν καθοριστεί θα πρέπει να ταιριάζει στο " +"αρχείο preseed, διαφορετικά ο εγκαταστάτης θα αρνηθεί να το χρησιμοποιήσει." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:299 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot parameters to specify:\n" "- if you're netbooting:\n" @@ -309,141 +467,230 @@ msgstr "" " preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg\n" " preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d" -#: preseed.xml:314 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "Κατά την εκκίνηση, ίσως θέλετε να προσθέσετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>. Αυτό θα αποφύγει τις περισσότερες ερωτήσεις ακόμα κι αν μερικές διαφύγουν από την διαδικασία preseeding." - -#: preseed.xml:324 +#: preseed.xml:301 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>debconf/" +"priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the " +"preseeding below misses some." +msgstr "" +"Κατά την εκκίνηση, ίσως θέλετε να προσθέσετε την παράμετρο εκκίνησης " +"<userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>. Αυτό θα αποφύγει τις " +"περισσότερες ερωτήσεις ακόμα κι αν μερικές διαφύγουν από την διαδικασία " +"preseeding." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:311 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using boot parameters to supplement preseeding" msgstr "Χρήση παραμέτρων εκκίνησης συμπληρωματικά στο preseeding" -#: preseed.xml:325 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." -msgstr "Κάποια τμήματα της διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης δεν μπορούν να αυτοματοποιηθούν χρησιμοποιώντας κάποιες μορφές preseeding επειδή οι ερωτήσεις αυτές γίνονται πριν φορτωθεί το αρχείο preseed. Για παράδειγμα, αν το αρχείο αυτό κατεβαίνει από το δίκτυο, θα πρέπει να έχει γίνει πριν η ρύθμιση του δικτύου. Ένας λόγος για την χρήση της μεθόδου preseeding με initrd είναι ότι επιτρέπει preseeding ακόμα κι αυτών των αρχικών βημάτων της διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης." - -#: preseed.xml:334 +#: preseed.xml:312 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." -msgstr "Αν ένα αρχείο preseed δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να γίνει preseeding κάποιων βημάτων, η εγκατάσταση είναι δυνατόν παρόλα αυτά να αυτοματοποιηθεί πλήρως, αφού μπορείτε να περάσετε προκαθορισμένες τιμές στον πυρήνα από την γραμμή εντολών. Απλά δώστε <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> για οποιανδήποτε από τις μεταβλητές \"προρύθμισης\" παραθέτονται στα παραδείγματα." +msgid "" +"Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " +"of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preseed file is " +"loaded. For example, if the preseed file is downloaded over the network, the " +"network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is " +"that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" +"Κάποια τμήματα της διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης δεν μπορούν να αυτοματοποιηθούν " +"χρησιμοποιώντας κάποιες μορφές preseeding επειδή οι ερωτήσεις αυτές γίνονται " +"πριν φορτωθεί το αρχείο preseed. Για παράδειγμα, αν το αρχείο αυτό " +"κατεβαίνει από το δίκτυο, θα πρέπει να έχει γίνει πριν η ρύθμιση του " +"δικτύου. Ένας λόγος για την χρήση της μεθόδου preseeding με initrd είναι ότι " +"επιτρέπει preseeding ακόμα κι αυτών των αρχικών βημάτων της διαδικασίας " +"εγκατάστασης." -#: preseed.xml:342 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." -msgstr "Ο πυρήνας 2.4 δέχεται ένα μέγιστο 8 επιλογών από την γραμμή εντολών και 8 επιλογών περιβάλλοντος (περιλαμβανομένων οποιωνδήποτε επιλογών έχουν προστεθεί εξ' ορισμού από τον εγκαταστάτη). Αν ξεπεράσετε αυτούς τους αριθμούς, οι πυρήνες 2.4 θα απορρίψουν τις όποιες πλεονάζουσες επιλογές και πυρήνες 2.6 θα περάσουν σε κατάσταση panic. Για πυρήνες 2.6.9 και μεταγενέστερους, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μέχρι 32 επολογές στην γραμμή εντολών και 32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος." - -#: preseed.xml:351 +#: preseed.xml:321 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like 'vga=normal', may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "Για τις περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις μερικές από τις προκαθορισμένες επιλογές στο αρχείο ρύθμισης του φορτωτή εκκίνησης, όπως 'vga=normal', μπορούν να παραλειφθούν με ασφάλεια, κάτι που θα σας επιτρέψει ίσως να προσθέσετε περισσότερες επιλογές για preseeding." +msgid "" +"If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can " +"still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on " +"the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any " +"of the preseed variables listed in the examples." +msgstr "" +"Αν ένα αρχείο preseed δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να γίνει preseeding " +"κάποιων βημάτων, η εγκατάσταση είναι δυνατόν παρόλα αυτά να αυτοματοποιηθεί " +"πλήρως, αφού μπορείτε να περάσετε προκαθορισμένες τιμές στον πυρήνα από την " +"γραμμή εντολών. Απλά δώστε <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> για " +"οποιανδήποτε από τις μεταβλητές \"προρύθμισης\" παραθέτονται στα " +"παραδείγματα." -#: preseed.xml:358 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:329 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " +"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " +"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " +"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options." +msgstr "" +"Ο πυρήνας 2.4 δέχεται ένα μέγιστο 8 επιλογών από την γραμμή εντολών και 8 " +"επιλογών περιβάλλοντος (περιλαμβανομένων οποιωνδήποτε επιλογών έχουν " +"προστεθεί εξ' ορισμού από τον εγκαταστάτη). Αν ξεπεράσετε αυτούς τους " +"αριθμούς, οι πυρήνες 2.4 θα απορρίψουν τις όποιες πλεονάζουσες επιλογές και " +"πυρήνες 2.6 θα περάσουν σε κατάσταση panic. Για πυρήνες 2.6.9 και " +"μεταγενέστερους, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μέχρι 32 επολογές στην γραμμή " +"εντολών και 32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος." + #. Tag: para -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Ίσως να μην είναι πάντα εφικτό να καθορίσετε τιμές με κενά στις παραμέτρους εκκίνησης ακόμα κι αν τις βάλλετε μέσα σε εισαγωγικά." +#: preseed.xml:338 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like 'vga=normal', may be safely removed which may allow " +"you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Για τις περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις μερικές από τις προκαθορισμένες επιλογές " +"στο αρχείο ρύθμισης του φορτωτή εκκίνησης, όπως 'vga=normal', μπορούν να " +"παραλειφθούν με ασφάλεια, κάτι που θα σας επιτρέψει ίσως να προσθέσετε " +"περισσότερες επιλογές για preseeding." -#: preseed.xml:368 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:345 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Ίσως να μην είναι πάντα εφικτό να καθορίσετε τιμές με κενά στις παραμέτρους " +"εκκίνησης ακόμα κι αν τις βάλλετε μέσα σε εισαγωγικά." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:355 +#, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preseed file" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός αρχείου preseed" -#: preseed.xml:369 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command." -msgstr "Το αρχείο των προρυθμίσεων είναι στην μορφή που χρησιμοποιείται από την εντολή<command>debconf-set-selections</command>." - -#: preseed.xml:377 +#: preseed.xml:356 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Το αρχείο των προρυθμίσεων είναι στην μορφή που χρησιμοποιείται από την " +"εντολή<command>debconf-set-selections</command>." + #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:364 +#, no-c-format msgid "File format" msgstr "Format του αρχείου" -#: preseed.xml:380 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:367 +#, no-c-format msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" -msgstr "Επιτρέπονται μόνο κενά μιας θέσης ανάμεσα στον τύπο και την τιμή στο πρότυπο." +msgstr "" +"Επιτρέπονται μόνο κενά μιας θέσης ανάμεσα στον τύπο και την τιμή στο πρότυπο." -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:370 +#, no-c-format msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" msgstr "Σχέση με πρότυπα στο /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" -#: preseed.xml:386 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:373 +#, no-c-format msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" msgstr "Τύποι προτύπων (templates) και πώς να δώσετε τιμές σ' αυτά." -#: preseed.xml:389 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:376 +#, no-c-format msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" msgstr "Οι περισσότερες τιμές πρέπει να είναι στα Αγγλικά ή κωδικοί" -#: preseed.xml:392 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:379 +#, no-c-format msgid "Using a manual installation as base" msgstr "Χρήση μιας \"χειροκίνητης\" εγκατάστασης σαν βάσης" -#: preseed.xml:395 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:382 +#, no-c-format msgid "Finding other possible values" msgstr "Εύρεση άλλων πιθανών τιμών" -#: preseed.xml:400 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "To check if the format of your preseed file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "Για να ελέγξετε αν το format του αρχείου preseed είναι έγκυρο πριν πραγματοποιήσετε μια εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." - -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:387 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preseed file is valid before performing an " +"install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c " +"<replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"Για να ελέγξετε αν το format του αρχείου preseed είναι έγκυρο πριν " +"πραγματοποιήσετε μια εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή " +"<command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></" +"command>." + #. Tag: title -msgid "Preseeding the first stage of the installation" -msgstr "Preseeding για το πρώτο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης" +#: preseed.xml:397 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Contents of the preseed file" +msgstr "Φόρτωση του αρχείου preseed." -#: preseed.xml:416 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό το παράδειγμα βασίζεται σε μια εγκατάσταση για την αρχιτεκτονική Intel x86. Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση σε μια άλλη αρχιτεκτονική, μερικά από τα παραδείγματα (όπως η επιλογή πληκτρολογίου και η εγκατάσταση του φορτωτή εκκίνησης) μπρορεί να μην είναι κατάλληλα ή σχετικά και θα πρέπει να αντικατασταθούν από ρυθμίσεις του debconf κατάλληλες για την αρχιτεκτονική σας." - -#: preseed.xml:427 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό το παράδειγμα βασίζεται σε μια εγκατάσταση για την " +"αρχιτεκτονική Intel x86. Αν κάνετε εγκατάσταση σε μια άλλη αρχιτεκτονική, " +"μερικά από τα παραδείγματα (όπως η επιλογή πληκτρολογίου και η εγκατάσταση " +"του φορτωτή εκκίνησης) μπρορεί να μην είναι κατάλληλα ή σχετικά και θα " +"πρέπει να αντικατασταθούν από ρυθμίσεις του debconf κατάλληλες για την " +"αρχιτεκτονική σας." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:414 +#, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Τοπικοποίηση" -#: preseed.xml:428 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preseed file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Η ρύθμιση των τιμών τοπικοποίησης θα δουλέψει μόνο αν χρησιμοποιείται initrd preseeding. Με όλες τις άλλες μεθόδους το αρχείο preseed θα φορτωθεί μόνο αφότου γίνουν αυτές οι ερωτήσεις." - -#: preseed.xml:434 +#: preseed.xml:415 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>debian-installer/locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Το σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να προσδιορίσετε τόσο την γλώσσα όσο και την χώρα. Για να ορίσετε το σύνολοι αυτό σαν παράμετρο εκκίνησης, χρησιμοποιήστε <userinput>debian-installer/locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preseed file will only be loaded " +"after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Η ρύθμιση των τιμών τοπικοποίησης θα δουλέψει μόνο αν χρησιμοποιείται initrd " +"preseeding. Με όλες τις άλλες μεθόδους το αρχείο preseed θα φορτωθεί μόνο " +"αφότου γίνουν αυτές οι ερωτήσεις." -#: preseed.xml:440 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:421 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " +"locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>debian-installer/" +"locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Το σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να προσδιορίσετε " +"τόσο την γλώσσα όσο και την χώρα. Για να ορίσετε το σύνολοι αυτό σαν " +"παράμετρο εκκίνησης, χρησιμοποιήστε <userinput>debian-installer/" +"locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:427 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" @@ -451,15 +698,24 @@ msgstr "" "#Tο locale ορίζει την γλώσσα και την χώρα.\n" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" -#: preseed.xml:442 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου συνίσταται στην επιλογή μιας αρχιτεκτονικής πληκτρολογίου κι ενός keymap. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η σωστή αρχιτεκτονική για το πληκτρολόγιο επιλέγεται εξ' ορισμού, οπότε συνήθως δεν υπάρχει ανάγκη να κάνετε μια προρύθμιση γι΄αυτό. Το keymap πρέπει να είναι έγκυρο για την επιλεγμένη αρχιτεκτονική του πληκτρολογίου." - -#: preseed.xml:449 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid " +"for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Η ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου συνίσταται στην επιλογή μιας αρχιτεκτονικής " +"πληκτρολογίου κι ενός keymap. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η σωστή " +"αρχιτεκτονική για το πληκτρολόγιο επιλέγεται εξ' ορισμού, οπότε συνήθως δεν " +"υπάρχει ανάγκη να κάνετε μια προρύθμιση γι΄αυτό. Το keymap πρέπει να είναι " +"έγκυρο για την επιλεγμένη αρχιτεκτονική του πληκτρολογίου." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:436 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" "#d-i console-tools/archs select at\n" @@ -473,33 +729,56 @@ msgstr "" "# Παράδειγμα για μια διαφορετική αρχιτεκτονική πληκτρολογίου\n" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" -#: preseed.xml:451 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "Για να παρακάμψετε την ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου προρυθμίστε το <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> μαζί με το <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Αυτό θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα να παραμείνει ενεργό το keymap του πυρήνα." - -#: preseed.xml:460 +#: preseed.xml:438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Οι αλλαγές στο \"στρώμα εισόδου\" (input layer) για πυρήνες 2.6 έχουν καταστήσει την αρχιτεκτονική του πληκτρολογίου ουσιαστικά παρωχημένη. Για πυρήνες 2.6 θα πρέπει συνήθως να επιλέξετε ένα keymap τύπου <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"Για να παρακάμψετε την ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου προρυθμίστε το " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> μαζί με το <userinput>skip-" +"config</userinput>. Αυτό θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα να παραμείνει ενεργό το " +"keymap του πυρήνα." -#: preseed.xml:470 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Οι αλλαγές στο \"στρώμα εισόδου\" (input layer) για πυρήνες 2.6 έχουν " +"καταστήσει την αρχιτεκτονική του πληκτρολογίου ουσιαστικά παρωχημένη. Για " +"πυρήνες 2.6 θα πρέπει συνήθως να επιλέξετε ένα keymap τύπου <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:457 +#, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση δικτύου" -#: preseed.xml:471 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preseed files from the network, you can pass network config parameters in using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Φυσικά, preseeding για την ρύθμιση του δικτύου δεν θα δουλέψει αν φορτώνετε το αρχείο preseed από το δίκτυο. Είναι όμως σπουδαίο αν εκκινείτε από ένα CD ή ένα USB stick. Αν φιρτώνετε αρχεία preseed από το δίκτυο, μπορείτε να περάσετε παραμέτρους ρύθμισης του δικτύου με χρήση παραμέτρων εκκίνησης του πυρήνα." - -#: preseed.xml:481 +#: preseed.xml:458 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preseed file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from " +"CD or USB stick. If you are loading preseed files from the network, you can " +"pass network config parameters in using kernel boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Φυσικά, preseeding για την ρύθμιση του δικτύου δεν θα δουλέψει αν φορτώνετε " +"το αρχείο preseed από το δίκτυο. Είναι όμως σπουδαίο αν εκκινείτε από ένα CD " +"ή ένα USB stick. Αν φιρτώνετε αρχεία preseed από το δίκτυο, μπορείτε να " +"περάσετε παραμέτρους ρύθμισης του δικτύου με χρήση παραμέτρων εκκίνησης του " +"πυρήνα." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:468 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" @@ -528,11 +807,14 @@ msgid "" "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" -"# Το netcfg θα επιλέξει αν είναι δυνατόν μια διασύνδεση που έχει ενεργή σύνδεση. Αυτό έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα να\n" -"# την παράκαμψη της εμφάνισης μιας λίστας αν υπάρχουν περισσότερες από μια διασυνδέσεις.\n" +"# Το netcfg θα επιλέξει αν είναι δυνατόν μια διασύνδεση που έχει ενεργή " +"σύνδεση. Αυτό έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα να\n" +"# την παράκαμψη της εμφάνισης μιας λίστας αν υπάρχουν περισσότερες από μια " +"διασυνδέσεις.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" -"# Αν έχετε έναν αργό server dhcp και ο εγκαταστάτης εξαντλεί το χρονικό περιθώριο περιμένοντας τον server αυτόν\n" +"# Αν έχετε έναν αργό server dhcp και ο εγκαταστάτης εξαντλεί το χρονικό " +"περιθώριο περιμένοντας τον server αυτόν\n" "# αυτό μπορεί να είναι χρήσιμο.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" "\n" @@ -544,8 +826,10 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Οποιαδήποτε ονόματα για το σύστημά σας και ονόματα τομέων δικτύου αποδίδονται από τον server dhcp έχουν προτεραιότητα από τις\n" -"# τιμές που ορίζονται εδώ. Παρόλα αυτά, ο καθορισμός των τιμών εξακολουθεί να αποτρέπει τις ερωτήσεις αυτές\n" +"# Οποιαδήποτε ονόματα για το σύστημά σας και ονόματα τομέων δικτύου " +"αποδίδονται από τον server dhcp έχουν προτεραιότητα από τις\n" +"# τιμές που ορίζονται εδώ. Παρόλα αυτά, ο καθορισμός των τιμών εξακολουθεί " +"να αποτρέπει τις ερωτήσεις αυτές\n" "# από το να εμφανιστούν, ακόμα κι αν οι τιμές έρχονται από τον server dhcp.\n" "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" @@ -555,33 +839,57 @@ msgstr "" "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" -#: preseed.xml:486 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:473 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian" -#: preseed.xml:487 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Ανάλογα με την μέθοδο εγκατάστασης που χρησιμοποιείτε, ίσως χρησιμοποιηθεί ένας καθρέφτης της αρχειοθήκης για το \"κατέβασμα\" περισσότερων συστατικών του εγκαταστάτη, το βασικό σύστημα και την ρύθμιση του αρχείου <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." - -#: preseed.xml:494 +#: preseed.xml:474 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Η παράμετρος <classname>mirror/suite</classname> καθορίζει την σουίτα λογισμικού για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may used both to " +"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " +"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Ανάλογα με την μέθοδο εγκατάστασης που χρησιμοποιείτε, ίσως χρησιμοποιηθεί " +"ένας καθρέφτης της αρχειοθήκης για το \"κατέβασμα\" περισσότερων συστατικών " +"του εγκαταστάτη, το βασικό σύστημα και την ρύθμιση του αρχείου <filename>/" +"etc/apt/sources.list</filename> για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." -#: preseed.xml:499 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." -msgstr "Η παράμετρος <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> καθορίζει την σουίτα για επιπρόσθετα συστατικά για τον εγκαταστάτη. Η ρύθμισή της είναι χρήσιμη μόνο αν τα συστατικά πρέπει όντως να \"κατέβουν\" από το δίκτυο και θα πρέπει να ταιριάζουν με την σουίτα που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την δημιουργία του δίσκου initrd για την μέθοδο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την εγκατάσταση. Εξ' ορισμού η τιμή για την <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> είναι η ίδια με αυτή για την <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +#: preseed.xml:481 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Η παράμετρος <classname>mirror/suite</classname> καθορίζει την σουίτα " +"λογισμικού για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." -#: preseed.xml:511 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:486 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</" +"classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Η παράμετρος <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> καθορίζει την σουίτα " +"για επιπρόσθετα συστατικά για τον εγκαταστάτη. Η ρύθμισή της είναι χρήσιμη " +"μόνο αν τα συστατικά πρέπει όντως να \"κατέβουν\" από το δίκτυο και θα " +"πρέπει να ταιριάζουν με την σουίτα που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την δημιουργία " +"του δίσκου initrd για την μέθοδο που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για την εγκατάσταση. " +"Εξ' ορισμού η τιμή για την <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> είναι η " +"ίδια με αυτή για την <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:498 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" @@ -603,27 +911,48 @@ msgstr "" "# Suite to use for loading installer components (optional).\n" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" -#: preseed.xml:516 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:503 +#, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμέριση" -#: preseed.xml:517 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preseed file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID or LVM." -msgstr "Η χρήση preseeding για την διαμέριση του σκληρού δίσκου περιορίζεται ιδιαίτερα σε ότι υποστηρίζει το πρόγραμμα <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Μπορείτε να διαλέξετε να διαμερίσετε είτε ελεύθερο χώρο σ' έναν δίσκο ή ολόκληρο τον δίσκο. Το περίγραμμα του δίσκου μπορεί να οριστεί χρησιμοποιώντας μια προκαθορισμένη \"συνταγή\", μια δική σας συνταγή από ένα σχετικό αρχείο ή μια συνταγή που περιέχεται στο αρχείο preseed. Προς το παρόν δεν είναι δυνατή η διαμέριση πολλών δίσκων με χρήση preseeding ούτε η ρύθμιση RAID ή LVM." - -#: preseed.xml:529 +#: preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Η ταυτοποίηση των δίσκων εξαρτάται από την σειρά με την οποίαν φορτώνονται οι οδηγοί τους. Αν υπάρχουν πολλαπλοί δίσκοι στο σύστημα, βεβαιωθείτε ότι θα επιλεχθεί ο σωστός πριν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " +"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " +"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " +"recipe file or a recipe included in the preseed file. It is currently not " +"possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID or " +"LVM." +msgstr "" +"Η χρήση preseeding για την διαμέριση του σκληρού δίσκου περιορίζεται " +"ιδιαίτερα σε ότι υποστηρίζει το πρόγραμμα <classname>partman-auto</" +"classname>. Μπορείτε να διαλέξετε να διαμερίσετε είτε ελεύθερο χώρο σ' έναν " +"δίσκο ή ολόκληρο τον δίσκο. Το περίγραμμα του δίσκου μπορεί να οριστεί " +"χρησιμοποιώντας μια προκαθορισμένη \"συνταγή\", μια δική σας συνταγή από ένα " +"σχετικό αρχείο ή μια συνταγή που περιέχεται στο αρχείο preseed. Προς το " +"παρόν δεν είναι δυνατή η διαμέριση πολλών δίσκων με χρήση preseeding ούτε η " +"ρύθμιση RAID ή LVM." -#: preseed.xml:537 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:516 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Η ταυτοποίηση των δίσκων εξαρτάται από την σειρά με την οποίαν φορτώνονται " +"οι οδηγοί τους. Αν υπάρχουν πολλαπλοί δίσκοι στο σύστημα, βεβαιωθείτε ότι θα " +"επιλεχθεί ο σωστός πριν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:524 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" @@ -643,7 +972,8 @@ msgid "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" @@ -674,31 +1004,40 @@ msgid "" " select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" msgstr "" -"# Αν το σύστημα έχει ελεύθερο χώρο μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να διαμερίσετε μόνο αυτόν τον χώρο.\n" +"# Αν το σύστημα έχει ελεύθερο χώρο μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να διαμερίσετε μόνο " +"αυτόν τον χώρο.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# επιλέξτε Χρήση του μεγαλύτερου συνεχόμενου ελεύθερου χώρου\n" "\n" -"# Εναλλακτικά, μπορείτε να ορίσετε έναν ολόκληρο δίσκο για διαμέριση. Το όνομα της συσκευής μπορεί να\n" +"# Εναλλακτικά, μπορείτε να ορίσετε έναν ολόκληρο δίσκο για διαμέριση. Το " +"όνομα της συσκευής μπορεί να\n" "# δωθεί σε μορφή είτε devfs είτε παραδοσιακή non-devfs.\n" -"# Για παράδειγμα, για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον πρώτο δίσκο που γνωρίζει το devfs:\n" +"# Για παράδειγμα, για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον πρώτο δίσκο που γνωρίζει το " +"devfs:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "\n" -"# Μπορείτε να διαλέξετε οποιαδήποτε από τις προκαθορισμένες συνταγές διαμέρισης:\n" +"# Μπορείτε να διαλέξετε οποιαδήποτε από τις προκαθορισμένες συνταγές " +"διαμέρισης:\n" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" -" επιλέξτε Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση (συνίσταται για νέους χρήστες)\n" +" επιλέξτε Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση (συνίσταται για νέους " +"χρήστες)\n" "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" "# επιλέξτε Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home\n" "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" "# επιλέξτε Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /usr, /var, και /tmp\n" "\n" "#Ή δώστε μια δική σας συνταγή...\n" -"# Η μορφή της συνταγής τεκμηριώνεται στο αρχείο devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" -"# Αν έχετε τρόπο να βάλετε ένα αρχείο συνταγής στο περιβάλλον του εγκαταστάτη, μπορείτε απλά να\n" +"# Η μορφή της συνταγής τεκμηριώνεται στο αρχείο devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" +"# Αν έχετε τρόπο να βάλετε ένα αρχείο συνταγής στο περιβάλλον του " +"εγκαταστάτη, μπορείτε απλά να\n" "# το υποδείξετε.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# αν όχι, μπορείτε να βάλετε μια ολόκληρη συνταγή στο αρχείο preseed σε μια (λογικά)\n" -"# γραμμή. Αυτό το παράδειγμα δημιουργεί μια μικρή κατάτμηση /boot, κατάλληλο χώρο swap, και\n" +"# αν όχι, μπορείτε να βάλετε μια ολόκληρη συνταγή στο αρχείο preseed σε μια " +"(λογικά)\n" +"# γραμμή. Αυτό το παράδειγμα δημιουργεί μια μικρή κατάτμηση /boot, κατάλληλο " +"χώρο swap, και\n" "# χρησιμοποιεί τον υπόλοιπο χώρο σαν ριζική κατάτμηση:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -717,21 +1056,23 @@ msgstr "" "# method{ swap } format{ } \\\n" "# .\n" "\n" -"# Αυτό προκαλεί την αυτόματη διαμέριση από το πρόγραμμα partman χωρίς επιβεβαίωση.\n" +"# Αυτό προκαλεί την αυτόματη διαμέριση από το πρόγραμμα partman χωρίς " +"επιβεβαίωση.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" -" επιλεξτε Ολοκλήρωση της διαμέρισης και εγγραφή των αλλαγών στον δίσκο\n" +" επιλεξτε Ολοκλήρωση της διαμέρισης και εγγραφή των αλλαγών στον " +"δίσκο\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" -#: preseed.xml:542 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:529 +#, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση ρολογιού και χρονικής ζώνης" -#: preseed.xml:544 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:531 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" "d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" @@ -743,55 +1084,86 @@ msgstr "" "# Ελέγχει αν το ρολόι του υπολογιστή σας είναι ρυθμισμένο ή όχι σε UTC.\n" "d-i clock-setup/utc boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Μπορείτε να ορίσετε οποιαδήποτε έγκυρη ρύθμιση για την $TZ; δείτε τα περιεχόμενα του\n" +"# Μπορείτε να ορίσετε οποιαδήποτε έγκυρη ρύθμιση για την $TZ; δείτε τα " +"περιεχόμενα του\n" "# /usr/share/zoneinfo/ for valid values.\n" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" -#: preseed.xml:549 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:536 +#, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση setup" -#: preseed.xml:550 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. Only the two variables below are relevant for preseeding." -msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του αρχείου <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> και η βασικές επιλογές διαμόρφωσης αυτοματοποιούνται πλήρως ανάλογα με την μέθοδο εγκατάστασης και τις απαντήσεις σας σε προηγούμενες ερωτήσεις. Μόνο οι επόμενες δύο μεταβλητές είναι σχετικές για preseeding." +#: preseed.xml:537 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. Only the three variables below are " +"relevant for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Η ρύθμιση του αρχείου <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> και η " +"βασικές επιλογές διαμόρφωσης αυτοματοποιούνται πλήρως ανάλογα με την μέθοδο " +"εγκατάστασης και τις απαντήσεις σας σε προηγούμενες ερωτήσεις. Μόνο οι " +"επόμενες δύο μεταβλητές είναι σχετικές για preseeding." -#: preseed.xml:558 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:545 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true" +"#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +"# To avoid adding security sources, or to use a different server\n" +"# than security.debian.org.\n" +"#d-i apt-setup/security_host string" msgstr "" -"# Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να εγκαταστήσετε μη-ελεύθερο και πρόσθετο (contrib) λογισμικό.\n" +"# Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να εγκαταστήσετε μη-ελεύθερο και πρόσθετο (contrib) " +"λογισμικό.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true" -#: preseed.xml:563 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:550 +#, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Λογαριασμού" -#: preseed.xml:564 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη root και το όνομα και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για τον πρώτο λογαριασμό ενός απλού χρήστη μπορούν να προρυθμιστούν. Για τους κωδικούς πρόσβασης μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε είτε έναν απλό μη-κρυπτογραφημένο (clear text) είτε MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." - -#: preseed.xml:571 +#: preseed.xml:551 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preseed file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Έχετε υπόψιν ότι το preseeding κωδικών πρόσβασης δεν είναι απόλυτα ασφαλές καθώς οποιοσδήποτε με πρόσβαση στο αρχείο preseed θα έχει γνώση αυτών των κωδικών. Η χρήση κωδικών MD5 hash θεωρείται σχετικά καλλίτερη από άποψη ασφαλείας, αλλά μπορεί επίσης να δώσει μια ψευδή αίσθηση ασφαλείας καθώς η πρόσβαση σε ένα τέτοιο κωδικό επιτρέπει επιθέσεις \"ωμής\" παραβίασής (brute force attack) του." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη root και το όνομα και ο κωδικός πρόσβασης " +"για τον πρώτο λογαριασμό ενός απλού χρήστη μπορούν να προρυθμιστούν. Για " +"τους κωδικούς πρόσβασης μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε είτε έναν απλό μη-" +"κρυπτογραφημένο (clear text) είτε MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -#: preseed.xml:581 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:558 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preseed file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using " +"MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might " +"also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute " +"force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Έχετε υπόψιν ότι το preseeding κωδικών πρόσβασης δεν είναι απόλυτα ασφαλές " +"καθώς οποιοσδήποτε με πρόσβαση στο αρχείο preseed θα έχει γνώση αυτών των " +"κωδικών. Η χρήση κωδικών MD5 hash θεωρείται σχετικά καλλίτερη από άποψη " +"ασφαλείας, αλλά μπορεί επίσης να δώσει μια ψευδή αίσθηση ασφαλείας καθώς η " +"πρόσβαση σε ένα τέτοιο κωδικό επιτρέπει επιθέσεις \"ωμής\" παραβίασής (brute " +"force attack) του." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:568 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Root password, either in clear text\n" "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" @@ -829,43 +1201,62 @@ msgstr "" "# είτε κρυπτογραφημένο με χρήση MD5 hash.\n" "#passwd passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" -#: preseed.xml:583 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternate method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or sudo)." -msgstr "Οι μεταβλητές <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> και <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> μπορούν επίσης να προρυθμιστούν με το <quote>!</quote> σαν τιμή. Στην περίπτωση αυτή, ο αντίστοιχος λογαριασμός απενεργοποιείται. Αυτό μπορεί να είναι βολικό για τον λογαριασμό του χρήστη root, εφόσον βέβαια έχετε ορίσει έναν εναλλακτικό τρόπο για την δυνατότητα διαχειριστικών ενεργειών ή είσοδο του χρήστη root (για παράδειγμα με χρήση αυθεντικοποίησης με κλειδί SSH ή sudo)." - -#: preseed.xml:593 +#: preseed.xml:570 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." -msgstr "Ένα MD5 hash για έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί χρησιμοποιώντας την ακόλουθη εντολή." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternate method is setup to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or sudo)." +msgstr "" +"Οι μεταβλητές <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> και " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> μπορούν επίσης να " +"προρυθμιστούν με το <quote>!</quote> σαν τιμή. Στην περίπτωση αυτή, ο " +"αντίστοιχος λογαριασμός απενεργοποιείται. Αυτό μπορεί να είναι βολικό για " +"τον λογαριασμό του χρήστη root, εφόσον βέβαια έχετε ορίσει έναν εναλλακτικό " +"τρόπο για την δυνατότητα διαχειριστικών ενεργειών ή είσοδο του χρήστη root " +"(για παράδειγμα με χρήση αυθεντικοποίησης με κλειδί SSH ή sudo)." -#: preseed.xml:597 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:580 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgstr "" +"Ένα MD5 hash για έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί " +"χρησιμοποιώντας την ακόλουθη εντολή." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:584 +#, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" -#: preseed.xml:603 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:590 +#, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση φορτωτή εκκίνησης" -#: preseed.xml:605 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:592 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -879,11 +1270,13 @@ msgstr "" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -893,179 +1286,167 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" -#: preseed.xml:610 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title -msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" -msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης" - -#: preseed.xml:612 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen -msgid "" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" -"# which is useful in some situations.\n" -"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" -msgstr "" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" -"# which is useful in some situations.\n" -"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" - -#: preseed.xml:618 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: title -msgid "Preseeding the second stage of the installation" -msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για το δεύτερο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης" - -#: preseed.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: title -msgid "Base config" -msgstr "Βασική ρύθμιση" - -#: preseed.xml:623 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: screen -msgid "" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" -msgstr "" -"# Αποφύγετε το εισαγωγικό μήνυμα.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Αποφύγετε το τελικό μήνυμα.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# Αν εγκαταστήσατε έναν διαχειριστή γραφικού περιβfile:///usr/share/doc/mozilla-browser/localstart.htmlάλλοντος, αλλά δεν θέλετε να τον ξεκινάτε αμέσως\n" -"# μετά την ολοκλήρωση του base-config.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Μερικές εκδόσεις του εγκαταστάτη μπορεί να κάνει αναφορά για το τι έχετε εγκαταστήσει.\n" -"# Η προεπιλογή είναι να μην στέλνει τέτοια αναφορά, αλλά η αποστολή αναφορών βοηθα συνολικά το Debian project \n" -"# να καθορίσει ποιο λογισμικό είναι το δημοφιλέστερο και να το συμπεριλάβει στα CD.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" - -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:597 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Επιλογή πακέτων" -#: preseed.xml:629 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να εγκαταστήσετε οποιονδήποτε συνδυασμό καθηκόντων είναι διαθέσιμα. Διαθέσιμα καθήκοντα περιλαμβάνουν την σιγμή που γράφεται αυτό το κείμενο:" - -#: preseed.xml:638 +#: preseed.xml:598 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να εγκαταστήσετε οποιονδήποτε συνδυασμό καθηκόντων " +"είναι διαθέσιμα. Διαθέσιμα καθήκοντα περιλαμβάνουν την σιγμή που γράφεται " +"αυτό το κείμενο:" + #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:607 +#, no-c-format msgid "Standard system" msgstr "Κανονικό σύστημα" -#: preseed.xml:641 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:610 +#, no-c-format msgid "Desktop environment" msgstr "Περιβάλλον γραφείου" -#: preseed.xml:644 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:613 +#, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "Server ιστοσελίδων" -#: preseed.xml:647 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:616 +#, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Server εκτυπώσεων" -#: preseed.xml:650 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:619 +#, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS server" -#: preseed.xml:653 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:622 +#, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Server αρχείων" -#: preseed.xml:656 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:625 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "Server αλληλογραφίας" -#: preseed.xml:659 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:628 +#, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "Βάση δεδομένων SQL" -#: preseed.xml:662 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: userinput +#: preseed.xml:631 +#, no-c-format msgid "Laptop" msgstr "Φορητός" -#: preseed.xml:665 -#, no-c-format -#. Tag: userinput -msgid "manual package selection" -msgstr "επιλογή πακέτων με το χέρι" - -#: preseed.xml:669 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "The last of these will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." -msgstr "Το τελευταίο από αυτά θα εκτελέσει το aptitude. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε οποιοδήποτε task, κάνοντας την εγκατάσταση ενός συνόλου πακέτων με κάποιον άλλον τρόπο. Συνιστούμε πάντως να περιλαμβάνετε πάντα το \"καθήκον\" <userinput>Κανονικό σύστημα</userinput> " +#: preseed.xml:635 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Το τελευταίο από αυτά θα εκτελέσει το aptitude. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε " +"να μην εγκαταστήσετε οποιοδήποτε task, κάνοντας την εγκατάσταση ενός συνόλου " +"πακέτων με κάποιον άλλον τρόπο. Συνιστούμε πάντως να περιλαμβάνετε πάντα το " +"\"καθήκον\" <userinput>Κανονικό σύστημα</userinput> " -#: preseed.xml:677 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:643 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server\n" +"\n" +"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you have\n" +"# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report back,\n" +"# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +"# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgstr "" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +"# Αποφύγετε το εισαγωγικό μήνυμα.\n" +"base-config base-config/intro note\n" +"\n" +"# Αποφύγετε το τελικό μήνυμα.\n" +"base-config base-config/login note\n" +"\n" +"# Αν εγκαταστήσατε έναν διαχειριστή γραφικού περιβfile:///usr/share/doc/" +"mozilla-browser/localstart.htmlάλλοντος, αλλά δεν θέλετε να τον ξεκινάτε " +"αμέσως\n" +"# μετά την ολοκλήρωση του base-config.\n" +"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +"\n" +"# Μερικές εκδόσεις του εγκαταστάτη μπορεί να κάνει αναφορά για το τι έχετε " +"εγκαταστήσει.\n" +"# Η προεπιλογή είναι να μην στέλνει τέτοια αναφορά, αλλά η αποστολή αναφορών " +"βοηθα συνολικά το Debian project \n" +"# να καθορίσει ποιο λογισμικό είναι το δημοφιλέστερο και να το συμπεριλάβει " +"στα CD.\n" +"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" -#: preseed.xml:682 +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:648 #, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" +msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:650 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +"\n" +"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" +"# which is useful in some situations.\n" +"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" +msgstr "" +"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +"\n" +"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" +"# which is useful in some situations.\n" +"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" + #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:655 +#, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση προγράμματος αλληλογραφίας" -#: preseed.xml:683 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." -msgstr "Στην διάρκεια μιας κανονικής εγκατάστασης, το exim κάνει μόνο λίγες ερωτήσεις. Εδώ περιγράφεται πώς να αποφύγετε ακόμα κι αυτές. Πιο πολύπλοκα σενάρια preseeding είναι πιθανά." - -#: preseed.xml:690 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " +"even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." +msgstr "" +"Στην διάρκεια μιας κανονικής εγκατάστασης, το exim κάνει μόνο λίγες " +"ερωτήσεις. Εδώ περιγράφεται πώς να αποφύγετε ακόμα κι αυτές. Πιο πολύπλοκα " +"σενάρια preseeding είναι πιθανά." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:663 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" " select no configuration at this time\n" @@ -1079,21 +1460,28 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" -#: preseed.xml:695 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:668 +#, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του περιβάλλοντος X" -#: preseed.xml:696 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." -msgstr "Είναι δυνατόν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding για το περιβάλλον X στο Debian, αλλά χρειάζεται πιθανόν να ξέρετε μερικές λεπτομέρειες για το υλικό της κάρτας οθόνης του μηχανήματός σας, καθώς το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης του X στο Debian δεν κάνει πλήρως αυτόματη ρύθμιση για το κάθετι." - -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " +"details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " +"configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." +msgstr "" +"Είναι δυνατόν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding για το περιβάλλον X στο Debian, " +"αλλά χρειάζεται πιθανόν να ξέρετε μερικές λεπτομέρειες για το υλικό της " +"κάρτας οθόνης του μηχανήματός σας, καθώς το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης του X στο " +"Debian δεν κάνει πλήρως αυτόματη ρύθμιση για το κάθετι." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:677 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" @@ -1109,19 +1497,24 @@ msgid "" "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " select medium\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" -"# Ο server X μπορεί να ανιχνεύσει τον σωστό οδηγό για μερικές κάρτες, αλλά αν χρησιμοποιείτε preseeding,\n" -"# υπερσκελίζετε τις επιλογές του. Και πάλι, ο οδηγός vesa θα δουλέψει για τις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις.\n" +"# Ο server X μπορεί να ανιχνεύσει τον σωστό οδηγό για μερικές κάρτες, αλλά " +"αν χρησιμοποιείτε preseeding,\n" +"# υπερσκελίζετε τις επιλογές του. Και πάλι, ο οδηγός vesa θα δουλέψει για " +"τις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις.\n" "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" "\n" -"# Μια αδυναμία της αυτόματης ανίχνευσης για το ποντίκι είναι ότι σε περίπτωση αποτυχίας, ο server X θα την προσπαθήσει και πάλι\n" -"# ξανά και ξανά. Συνεπώς αν πρόκειται να χρησιμοποιηθεί preseeding, υπάρχει μια πιθανότητα ενός\n" +"# Μια αδυναμία της αυτόματης ανίχνευσης για το ποντίκι είναι ότι σε " +"περίπτωση αποτυχίας, ο server X θα την προσπαθήσει και πάλι\n" +"# ξανά και ξανά. Συνεπώς αν πρόκειται να χρησιμοποιηθεί preseeding, υπάρχει " +"μια πιθανότητα ενός\n" "# ατέρμονου loop αν δεν γίνει αυτόματη ανίχνευση του ποντικιού.\n" "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1129,23 +1522,26 @@ msgstr "" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" "# Αποσχολιάσετε αν έχετε οθόνη LCD.\n" "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# Ο server X έχει τρεις πιθανότητες για την ρύθμιση της οθόνης.Εδώ δίνεται πώς να γίνει preseed\n" -"# για την \"μέτρια\" διαδρομή, που είναι πάντα διαθέσιμη. Η \"απλή\" διαδρομή πιθανόν\n" -"# να μην είναι διαθέσιμη, και η \"προχωρημένη\" διαδρομή κάνει πολύ περισσότερες ερωτήσεις.\n" +"# Ο server X έχει τρεις πιθανότητες για την ρύθμιση της οθόνης.Εδώ δίνεται " +"πώς να γίνει preseed\n" +"# για την \"μέτρια\" διαδρομή, που είναι πάντα διαθέσιμη. Η \"απλή\" " +"διαδρομή πιθανόν\n" +"# να μην είναι διαθέσιμη, και η \"προχωρημένη\" διαδρομή κάνει πολύ " +"περισσότερες ερωτήσεις.\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " επιλέξτε μεσαίο επίπεδο\n" "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " επιλέξτε 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" -#: preseed.xml:709 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:682 +#, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για άλλα πακέτα" -#: preseed.xml:711 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:684 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" @@ -1155,29 +1551,32 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"#Ανάλογα με το λογισμικό που επιλέγετε για την εγκατάσταση, ή αν κάτι δεν πάει καλά\n" +"#Ανάλογα με το λογισμικό που επιλέγετε για την εγκατάσταση, ή αν κάτι δεν " +"πάει καλά\n" "# στην διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης, είναι δυνατόν να γίνουν και άλλες\n" -"# ερωτήσεις. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding και γι' αυτές, φυσικά. Για να πάρετε μια λίστα κάθε\n" -"# δυνατής ερώτησης που θα μπορούσαν να ρωτηθούν κατά την διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης, πραγματοποιήστε μια\n" +"# ερωτήσεις. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding και γι' αυτές, φυσικά. " +"Για να πάρετε μια λίστα κάθε\n" +"# δυνατής ερώτησης που θα μπορούσαν να ρωτηθούν κατά την διάρκεια της " +"εγκατάστασης, πραγματοποιήστε μια\n" "# εγκατάσταση, και μετά εκτελέστε αυτές τις εντολές:\n" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" -#: preseed.xml:717 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:690 +#, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Προχωρημένες επιλογές" -#: preseed.xml:720 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:693 +#, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Εντολές κελύφους" -#: preseed.xml:722 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:695 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" @@ -1191,57 +1590,68 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command \\\n" -"# string apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh" +"# still a usable /target directory. You can chroot to /target and use it\n" +"# directly, or use the apt-install and in-target commands to easily install\n" +"# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" +"#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# d-i preseeding είναι από την φύση του μη ασφαλές. Δεν υπάρχει κανένα στοιχείο στον εγκαταστάτη που να ελέγχει\n" +"# d-i preseeding είναι από την φύση του μη ασφαλές. Δεν υπάρχει κανένα " +"στοιχείο στον εγκαταστάτη που να ελέγχει\n" "# για προσπάθειες για buffer overflow ή άλλες αδυναμίες στις τιμές ενός\n" -"# αρχείου preseed όπως αυτό. Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα τέρτοιο αρχείο μόνο από αξιόπιστες\n" +"# αρχείου preseed όπως αυτό. Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα τέρτοιο αρχείο μόνο από " +"αξιόπιστες\n" "# τοποθεσίες! To drive that home, κι επειδή είναι γενικά χρήσιμο, εδώ είναι\n" -"# ένας τρόπος να εκτελέσετε οποιοδήποτε εντολή κελύφους μέσα από τον εγκαταστάτη,\n" +"# ένας τρόπος να εκτελέσετε οποιοδήποτε εντολή κελύφους μέσα από τον " +"εγκαταστάτη,\n" "# αυτόματα.\n" "\n" "# Αυτή η πρώτη εντολή εκτελείται όσο πιο νωρίς είναι δυνατόν, αμέσως μετά\n" "# το διάβασμα του αρχείου preseeding.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" -"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται μόλις πριν από την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης, αλλά ενώ υπάρχει ακόμα\n" +"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται μόλις πριν από την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης, " +"αλλά ενώ υπάρχει ακόμα\n" "# ένας χρησιμοποιήσιμος κατάλογος /target.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" "\n" -"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται αμέσως μόλις ξεκινά βασική ρύθμιση (base-config).\n" +"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται αμέσως μόλις ξεκινά βασική ρύθμιση (base-" +"config).\n" "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" "\n" -"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται μετά την ολοκλήρωση του base-config, μόλις πριν την εμφάνιση της προτροπής εισόδου (login prompt):\n" -"#στο σύστημα. Αυτός είναι ένας καλός τρόπος για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα σύνολο πακέτων που θέλετε, ή να\n" +"# Η εντολή αυτή εκτελείται μετά την ολοκλήρωση του base-config, μόλις πριν " +"την εμφάνιση της προτροπής εισόδου (login prompt):\n" +"#στο σύστημα. Αυτός είναι ένας καλός τρόπος για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα σύνολο " +"πακέτων που θέλετε, ή να\n" "# προσαρμόσετε την ρύθμιση του συστήματος.\n" "#base-config base-config/late_command \\\n" "# string apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh" -#: preseed.xml:727 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:700 +#, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preseed files" msgstr "Αλυσιδωτή φόρτωση (chainloading) αρχείων preseed" -#: preseed.xml:728 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "It is possible to include other preseed files from a preseed file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Είναι δυνατόν να συμπεριλάβετε άλλα αρχεία preseed μέσα από ένα τέτοιο αρχείο. Οποιαδήποτε ρύθμιση στα αρχεία αυτά θα υπερκεράσουν τις προϋπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις από αρχεία που φορτώθηκαν νωρίτερα. Αυτό κάνει εφικτό να βάλετε, για παράδειγμα, γενικές ρυθμίσεις για το δίκτυο για την τοποθεσία σας σε ένα αρχείο και πιο συγκεκριμένες ρυθμίσεις για συγκεκριμένες διαμορφώσεις σε άλλα αρχεία." - -#: preseed.xml:738 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preseed files from a preseed file. Any " +"settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files " +"loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general " +"networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings " +"for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Είναι δυνατόν να συμπεριλάβετε άλλα αρχεία preseed μέσα από ένα τέτοιο " +"αρχείο. Οποιαδήποτε ρύθμιση στα αρχεία αυτά θα υπερκεράσουν τις " +"προϋπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις από αρχεία που φορτώθηκαν νωρίτερα. Αυτό κάνει " +"εφικτό να βάλετε, για παράδειγμα, γενικές ρυθμίσεις για το δίκτυο για την " +"τοποθεσία σας σε ένα αρχείο και πιο συγκεκριμένες ρυθμίσεις για " +"συγκεκριμένες διαμορφώσεις σε άλλα αρχεία." + #. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:711 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" @@ -1259,19 +1669,71 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi" msgstr "" -"# Μπορούν να παρατεθούν περισσότερα από ένα αρχεία, χωρισμένα με κενά διαστήματα; όλα θα\n" -"# φορτωθούν. Τα αρχεία που συμπεριλαμβάνονται μπορούν να έχουν επίσης δικές τους οδηγίες preseed/include\n" -"# Σημειώστε ότι αν δίνονται οι σχετικές διαδρομές για τα ονόματα των αρχείων, λαμβάνονται να είναι\n" +"# Μπορούν να παρατεθούν περισσότερα από ένα αρχεία, χωρισμένα με κενά " +"διαστήματα; όλα θα\n" +"# φορτωθούν. Τα αρχεία που συμπεριλαμβάνονται μπορούν να έχουν επίσης δικές " +"τους οδηγίες preseed/include\n" +"# Σημειώστε ότι αν δίνονται οι σχετικές διαδρομές για τα ονόματα των " +"αρχείων, λαμβάνονται να είναι\n" "# στον ίδιο κατάλογο που βρίσκεται το αρχείο preseed που τα περιλαμβάνει.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Ο εγκαταστάτης μπορεί προαιρετικά να κάνει επαλήθευση των checksum των αρχείων preseed πριν\n" -"# από την χρήση τους. Προς το παρόν υποστηρίζονται μόνο md5sums, παραθέστε τα md5sums\n" -"# με την ίδια σειρά όπως στην λίστα των αρχείων που πρόκειται να συμπεριληφθούν.\n" +"# Ο εγκαταστάτης μπορεί προαιρετικά να κάνει επαλήθευση των checksum των " +"αρχείων preseed πριν\n" +"# από την χρήση τους. Προς το παρόν υποστηρίζονται μόνο md5sums, παραθέστε " +"τα md5sums\n" +"# με την ίδια σειρά όπως στην λίστα των αρχείων που πρόκειται να " +"συμπεριληφθούν.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Ακόμα πιο ευέλικτα, αυτό εκτελεί μια εντολή κελύφους και αν δίνει σαν έξοδο τα ονόματα των\n" +"# Ακόμα πιο ευέλικτα, αυτό εκτελεί μια εντολή κελύφους και αν δίνει σαν " +"έξοδο τα ονόματα των\n" "# αρχείων preseed, συμπεριλαμβάνει τα αρχεία αυτά. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using preseeding it is possible to fill in answers to questions asked " +#~ "during both the first stage of the installation (before the reboot into " +#~ "the new system) and the second stage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιώντας preseeding είναι δυνατόν να συμπληρώσετε απαντήσεις σε " +#~ "ερωτήσεις που γίνονται κατά την διάρκεια τόσο του πρώτου σταδίου της " +#~ "εγκατάστασης (πριν από την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σας σύστημα) όσο " +#~ "και του δευτέρου σταδίου." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: is run early in the " +#~ "second stage of the installation when <command>base-config</command> is " +#~ "starting up" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: εκτελείται νωρίς στο " +#~ "δεύτερο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης όταν ξεκινά η εκτέλεση της <command>base-" +#~ "config</command>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: is run at the end of " +#~ "<command>base-config</command>, just before the login prompt" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: εκτελείται στο τέλος της " +#~ "εκτέλεσης της <command>base-config</command>, μόλις πριν την εμφάνιση της " +#~ "προτροπής εισόδου στο σύστημα" + +#~ msgid "Preseeding the first stage of the installation" +#~ msgstr "Preseeding για το πρώτο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης" + +#~ msgid "Preseeding the second stage of the installation" +#~ msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για το δεύτερο στάδιο της εγκατάστασης" + +#~ msgid "Base config" +#~ msgstr "Βασική ρύθμιση" + +#~ msgid "manual package selection" +#~ msgstr "επιλογή πακέτων με το χέρι" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 567d74070..6630b4fb8 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-28 03:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/el/welcome.po b/po/el/welcome.po index 1edf88e72..a7495f7ef 100644 --- a/po/el/welcome.po +++ b/po/el/welcome.po @@ -816,13 +816,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:493 -#, no-c-format -#, fuzzy +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " "for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, " -"comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-guide</classname> for bugs, " -"but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." +"comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package <classname>installation-" +"guide</classname> for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already " +"reported)." msgstr "" "Ο κώδικας είναι επίσης διαθέσιμος δημόσια; κοιτάξτε για περισσότερες " "πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πώς να συνεισφέρετε στο <xref linkend=" diff --git a/po/ko/partitioning.po b/po/ko/partitioning.po index 65f952c06..7e02ede57 100644 --- a/po/ko/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ko/partitioning.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning.xml\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-22 22:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Jang Seok-moon <drssay@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -427,14 +427,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>에는 사용자들의 홈디렉토리가 저장됩니다. 사용자들" "은 홈디렉토리에 개인 파일들을 저장할텐데, 이 시스템을 사용하는 사용자가 몇 명" @@ -1037,9 +1038,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "동시에 20개 이상의 IDE 파티션을 사용하실 경우 파티션 21 이상은 따로 디바이스" "를 생성해야 합니다. 그렇지 않을 경우 파티션을 초기화하는 작업이 실패하게 됩니" -"다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 쉘을 띄우기를 통해 21번째 " -"파티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 보여드립니다: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 쉘을 띄우기를 통해 21번째 파" +"티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 보여드립니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 3335c201d..86100bcfa 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-20 03:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/pl/partitioning.po b/po/pl/partitioning.po index 25dab80aa..4f776008f 100644 --- a/po/pl/partitioning.po +++ b/po/pl/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-12-03 10:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -14,857 +14,1290 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:5 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning for Debian" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:13 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Deciding on Debian Partitions and Sizes" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." +msgid "" +"At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a " +"single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and " +"your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also " +"a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch " +"space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage " +"as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, " +"Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux " +"to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." +msgid "" +"Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of " +"partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the " +"file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If " +"something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition " +"is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been " +"carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should " +"consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. " +"This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other " +"partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the " +"system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from " +"scratch." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." +msgid "" +"The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it " +"really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server " +"getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most " +"of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" +msgid "" +"The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often " +"difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a " +"partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you " +"will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized " +"partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be " +"wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, " +"but why throw your money away?" msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:67 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "The Directory Tree" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" +msgid "" +"&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users " +"and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The " +"root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</" +"filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Directory" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Content" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:88 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>bin</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:89 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential command binaries" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:91 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "boot" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:92 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Static files of the boot loader" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:94 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>dev</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:95 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Device files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:97 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>etc</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:98 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Host-specific system configuration" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:100 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "home" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:101 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "User home directories" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:103 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>lib</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:104 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential shared libraries and kernel modules" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:106 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:107 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Contains mount points for replaceable media" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:109 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>mnt</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:110 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Mount point for mounting a file system temporarily" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:112 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "proc" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:113 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Virtual directory for system information (2.4 and 2.6 kernels)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:115 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "root" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:116 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Home directory for the root user" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:118 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "sbin" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:119 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Essential system binaries" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:121 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>sys</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:122 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Virtual directory for system information (2.6 kernels)" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:124 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>tmp</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:125 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Temporary files" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:127 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>usr</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:128 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Secondary hierarchy" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:130 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>var</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:131 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Variable data" msgstr "" +#. Tag: filename #: partitioning.xml:133 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: filename msgid "<filename>opt</filename>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:134 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: entry msgid "Add-on application software packages" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:139 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." +msgid "" +"The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories " +"and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system " +"configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are " +"general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:149 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed for the root partition." +msgid "" +"The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, " +"otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed " +"for the root partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:158 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4-6 GB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</" +"filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file " +"system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 " +"MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number " +"and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server " +"installation should allow 4-6 GB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:171 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web " +"sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this " +"directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your " +"system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management " +"tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about " +"everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 " +"gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you " +"are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and " +"utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with " +"300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on " +"doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:187 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." +msgid "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most " +"likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some " +"applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, " +"and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to " +"temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you " +"should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +msgid "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " +"subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " +"using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " +"Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " +"user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:219 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:220 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." +msgid "" +"For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user " +"setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably " +"the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than " +"around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need " +"periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " +"booting when the partition is large." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:229 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." +msgid "" +"For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put " +"<filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions " +"separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:237 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." +msgid "" +"You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you " +"plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. " +"If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If " +"you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good " +"to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, " +"the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its " +"uses." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:249 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." +msgid "" +"For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-" +"howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, " +"mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:256 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." +msgid "" +"With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One " +"rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system " +"memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, " +"there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 " +"simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a " +"gigabyte (or more) of swap." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:265 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so " +"instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:270 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." +msgid "" +"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " +"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " +"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " +"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " +"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " +"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " +"better performance." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:280 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." +msgid "" +"As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE " +"drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for " +"another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " +"partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" +"dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding " +"after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" +"size-list\"/>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:305 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Device Names in Linux" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:306 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" +msgid "" +"Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating " +"systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and " +"mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:314 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:319 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:330 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." +msgid "" +"The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, " +"and so on." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:336 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:342 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:348 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</" +"filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:354 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, " +"respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, " +"effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters " +"may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> in Debian). </phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:369 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first XT disk is named <filename>/dev/xda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:374 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The second XT disk is named <filename>/dev/xdb</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:379 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is " +"named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:388 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The first DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasda</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in " +"your system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:409 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." +msgid "" +"Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI " +"disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk " +"(at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second " +"<filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 " +"partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies " +"to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:420 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." +msgid "" +"Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the " +"order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to " +"watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or " +"capacities." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:427 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." +msgid "" +"Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers " +"1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive " +"is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered " +"starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that " +"is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by " +"itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:438 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgid "" +"VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal " +"SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation " +"software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it " +"<filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:445 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." +msgid "" +"Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third " +"partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</" +"quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, " +"and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:452 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your " +"system." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:467 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Debian Partitioning Programs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:468 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." +msgid "" +"Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian " +"developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer " +"architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " +"architecture." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:480 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "partman" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:481 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." +msgid "" +"Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also " +"resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</" +"quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:492 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:493 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "The original Linux disk partitioner, good for gurus." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:497 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" +msgid "" +"Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The " +"installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that " +"<command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names " +"differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</" +"ulink>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:509 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "cfdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:510 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "A simple-to-use, full-screen disk partitioner for the rest of us." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:514 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." +msgid "" +"Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at " +"all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:523 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "atari-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:524 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Atari-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:532 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "amiga-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:533 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Amiga-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:541 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "mac-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:542 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "Mac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:550 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "pmac-fdisk" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:551 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." +msgid "" +"PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and " +"Motorola VMEbus systems." msgstr "" +#. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:560 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: command msgid "fdasd" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:561 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd " +"manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> for details." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:572 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run by default isn't the one you want, quit the partitioner, go to the shell (<userinput>tty2</userinput>) by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>F2</keycap> keys together, and manually type in the name of the program you want to use (and arguments, if any). Then skip the <guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step in <command>debian-installer</command> and continue to the next step." +msgid "" +"One of these programs will be run by default when you select " +"<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run by " +"default isn't the one you want, quit the partitioner, go to the shell " +"(<userinput>tty2</userinput>) by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> and " +"<keycap>F2</keycap> keys together, and manually type in the name of the " +"program you want to use (and arguments, if any). Then skip the " +"<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step in <command>debian-" +"installer</command> and continue to the next step." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:583 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" - "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under Execute A Shell to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# cd /dev\n" - "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" - "# chgrp disk hda21\n" - "# chmod 660 hda21\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# cd /target/dev\n" - "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" - "# chgrp disk hda21\n" - "# chmod 660 hda21\n" - "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " +"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " +"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " +"under Execute A Shell to add a device so the 21st partition can be " +"initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /dev\n" +"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +"# chgrp disk hda21\n" +"# chmod 660 hda21\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " +"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# cd /target/dev\n" +"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +"# chgrp disk hda21\n" +"# chmod 660 hda21\n" +"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot " +"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." +msgid "" +"One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " +"partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. " +"All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. " +"Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you " +"should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." msgstr "" -#: partitioning.xml:618 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 partitioning.xml:798 partitioning.xml:917 partitioning.xml:994 -#, no-c-format #. Tag: title +#: partitioning.xml:618 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 +#: partitioning.xml:798 partitioning.xml:917 partitioning.xml:994 +#, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:619 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to use a disk label." +msgid "" +"Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " +"&releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition " +"table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with " +"MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As " +"a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on " +"&architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the " +"existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to " +"use a disk label." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:630 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." +msgid "" +"If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " +"and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already " +"contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter " +"disk label mode." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:637 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the <command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with the boot block." +msgid "" +"Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " +"of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or " +"NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third " +"partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</" +"command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the " +"<command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</" +"command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with " +"the boot block." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:648 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." +msgid "" +"Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " +"of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you " +"<emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the " +"disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition " +"at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason " +"mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will " +"only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small " +"partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience " +"reasons." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:660 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." +msgid "" +"For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " +"beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and " +"<command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see " +"<xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file " +"systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually " +"from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install " +"the boot loader." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:679 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels you might wish load; 8–16MB is generally sufficient." +msgid "" +"PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " +"somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional " +"kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at " +"least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware " +"is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This " +"is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within " +"the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 " +"partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be " +"stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever " +"kernels you might wish load; 8–16MB is generally sufficient." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:703 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " +"you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may " +"need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. " +"The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you " +"get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition " +"manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:712 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." +msgid "" +"The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " +"There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</" +"quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 " +"BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More " +"information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux " +"Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-" +"disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief " +"overview to help you plan most situations." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:723 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." +msgid "" +"<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " +"PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this " +"limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions " +"were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended " +"partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into " +"logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended " +"partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:734 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." +msgid "" +"Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " +"usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an " +"IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the " +"normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may " +"not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create " +"devices for those partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:744 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." +msgid "" +"If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the " +"boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed " +"within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 " +"megabytes, without BIOS translation)." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:752 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." +msgid "" +"This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " +"1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the " +"<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the " +"Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the " +"BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large " +"disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. " +"Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it " +"cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd " +"cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these " +"restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk " +"access." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:766 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." +msgid "" +"If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " +"techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA " +"(Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). " +"More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a " +"cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk " +"access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the " +"<emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:778 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (5–10MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." +msgid "" +"The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (5–10MB " +"should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the " +"boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, " +"in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be " +"mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the " +"Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, " +"regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and " +"regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:800 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." +msgid "" +"The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " +"tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount " +"points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a " +"successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to " +"do the on-disk partitioning." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:812 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:813 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." +msgid "" +"The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " +"GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer " +"recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the " +"<command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt" +"\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT " +"and MS-DOS tables correctly." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:825 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." +msgid "" +"The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " +"an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the " +"partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> " +"partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:833 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para msgid "" - "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" - " mklabel gpt\n" - " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" - " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" - " mkpartfs primary ext2 1001 3000\n" - " set 1 boot on\n" - " print\n" - " quit\n" - "</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." +"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " +"For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you " +"can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> " +"utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to " +"erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then " +"something similar to the following command sequence could be used: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +" mklabel gpt\n" +" mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" +" mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" +" mkpartfs primary ext2 1001 3000\n" +" set 1 boot on\n" +" print\n" +" quit\n" +"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three " +"partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file " +"system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are " +"specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the " +"disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting " +"at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space " +"with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it " +"scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:858 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:860 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." +msgid "" +"ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " +"system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be " +"big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish " +"to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with " +"multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:869 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " +"boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even " +"on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the " +"partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on " +"your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI " +"partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk " +"layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this " +"omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free " +"space for adding an EFI partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:884 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " +"same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:893 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:895 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " +"seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of " +"the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to " +"store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard " +"disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult " +"the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for " +"details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " +"time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:918 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "SGI Indys require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header(partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." +msgid "" +"SGI Indys require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " +"from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby " +"created volume header(partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If " +"the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition " +"number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header " +"must start at sector 0." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:935 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: title msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." +msgid "" +"If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " +"bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must " +"be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</" +"emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made " +"bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by " +"creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use " +"it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:949 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." +msgid "" +"The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " +"mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special " +"modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:956 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." +msgid "" +"Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " +"the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</" +"command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have " +"kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and " +"<command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:966 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " +"partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you " +"create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder " +"the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map " +"(which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical " +"address order, that counts." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:978 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." +msgid "" +"Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " +"dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a " +"small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on " +"every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS " +"partitions and driver partitions." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:995 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." +msgid "" +"Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " +"is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and " +"so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key " +"is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1003 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " +"boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that " +"the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, " +"which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap " +"partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can " +"put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and " +"the boot block alone." msgstr "" +#. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1014 #, no-c-format -#. Tag: para -msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." +msgid "" +"It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder " +"to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the " +"<command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/pl/using-d-i.po b/po/pl/using-d-i.po index 429125f79..022a54616 100644 --- a/po/pl/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pl/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/pot/partitioning.pot b/po/pot/partitioning.pot index 25dab80aa..2c581c0a7 100644 --- a/po/pot/partitioning.pot +++ b/po/pot/partitioning.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-12-03 10:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: partitioning.xml:198 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home directory." msgstr "" #: partitioning.xml:219 diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index f4c142710..19be3ff97 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1246 #, no-c-format #. Tag: para -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system is is about the install." +msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1258 diff --git a/po/pt/partitioning.po b/po/pt/partitioning.po index c42ebf4cc..c362a779d 100644 --- a/po/pt/partitioning.po +++ b/po/pt/partitioning.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-07 21:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -449,14 +449,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>: todos os utilizadores irão colocar os seus dados " "pessoais num subdirectório desta directoria. O seu tamanho depende de " @@ -604,8 +605,8 @@ msgstr "" "Como exemplo, uma máquina antiga de casa pode ter 32MB de RAM e uma drive " "IDE de 1.7GB em <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Pode haver uma partição de " "500MB para outro sistema operativo em <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, uma " -"partição swap de 32MB em <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> e cerca de 1.2GB na partição " -"<filename>/dev/hda2</filename>) como a partição Linux." +"partição swap de 32MB em <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> e cerca de 1.2GB na " +"partição <filename>/dev/hda2</filename>) como a partição Linux." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index c9facd8f3..2413b7d1b 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-07 21:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/ru/partitioning.po b/po/ru/partitioning.po index f53ec8e30..a04c385a1 100644 --- a/po/ru/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ru/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-05 13:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -440,14 +440,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "В каталоге <filename>/home</filename> каждый пользователь будет размещать " "данные в своём подкаталоге этого каталога. Его размер зависит от количества " @@ -632,13 +633,15 @@ msgstr "" #: partitioning.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "The first floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." -msgstr "Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "The second floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." -msgstr "Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 @@ -740,8 +743,10 @@ msgstr "Первое устройство DASD называется <filename>/d #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 @@ -1581,14 +1586,14 @@ msgid "" "details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " "time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" -"Микропрограмма EFI значительно более сложна чем обычный BIOS на " -"большинстве компьютеров x86. Некоторые поставщики систем пользуются " -"способностями EFI доступа к файлам и запуском программы с файловой системы " -"жёсткого диска для хранения утилит диагностики и управления основанных на EFI " -"на жёстком диске. Это отдельный раздел с файловой системой FAT на системном " -"диске. Подробней смотрите документацию на систему и принадлежности, которые " -"идут вместе с системой. Правильней будет создать раздел диагностики в тоже " -"время что и загрузочный раздел EFI." +"Микропрограмма EFI значительно более сложна чем обычный BIOS на большинстве " +"компьютеров x86. Некоторые поставщики систем пользуются способностями EFI " +"доступа к файлам и запуском программы с файловой системы жёсткого диска для " +"хранения утилит диагностики и управления основанных на EFI на жёстком диске. " +"Это отдельный раздел с файловой системой FAT на системном диске. Подробней " +"смотрите документацию на систему и принадлежности, которые идут вместе с " +"системой. Правильней будет создать раздел диагностики в тоже время что и " +"загрузочный раздел EFI." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:918 @@ -1758,4 +1763,3 @@ msgstr "" "(тип 5), и содержал весь диск целиком (от первого цилиндра до последнего). " "Это является простым соглашением в Sun disk label и помогает системному " "загрузчику<command>SILO</command> загружаться." - diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 7e9f30ebb..f201c4a47 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-05 13:24+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -353,7 +353,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске." #. Tag: term @@ -452,7 +453,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем " "установкам." @@ -557,7 +559,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup" #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." -msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 @@ -655,7 +658,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на " "второй консоли." @@ -822,8 +826,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Выбранное значение для страны будет использовано позднее в процессе " "установки для выбора часового пояса по умолчанию и ближайшего к вам " -"территориально сервера-зеркала Debian. Значения страны и языка " -"будут использованы для настройки локали вашей системы и помогут при выборе " +"территориально сервера-зеркала Debian. Значения страны и языка будут " +"использованы для настройки локали вашей системы и помогут при выборе " "раскладки клавиатуры." #. Tag: para @@ -2049,10 +2053,10 @@ msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1246 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" "После разметки программа установки задаст ещё несколько вопросов для " "настройки системы." @@ -2093,9 +2097,9 @@ msgid "" "systems are installed." msgstr "" "Программа установки может спросить вас показывают ли часы компьютера время " -"по Гринвичу. Обычно этот вопрос, если возможно, не задаётся и программа установки " -"решает, что часы показывают время по Гринвичу, если на машине не установлено " -"других операционных систем." +"по Гринвичу. Обычно этот вопрос, если возможно, не задаётся и программа " +"установки решает, что часы показывают время по Гринвичу, если на машине не " +"установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1285 @@ -2126,8 +2130,8 @@ msgid "" "to UTC." msgstr "" "Заметим, что программа установки не изменяет настройку самих часов в " -"компютере. Вы можете установить нужное время после установки, если " -"оно неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." +"компютере. Вы можете установить нужное время после установки, если оно " +"неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1312 @@ -2337,9 +2341,9 @@ msgstr "" "После установки базовой системы получается рабочая, но ограниченная по " "возможностям система. Большинство пользователей хотело бы добавить " "дополнительное программное обеспечение, чтобы решить свои задачи, и " -"программа установки позволяет это сделать. Этот этап может продлиться " -"дольше чем установка базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер " -"или соединение с сетью." +"программа установки позволяет это сделать. Этот этап может продлиться дольше " +"чем установка базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер или соединение " +"с сетью." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1442 @@ -2393,9 +2397,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Пакету <command>apt</command> нужно указать откуда получать пакеты. " "Программа установки делает это автоматически, основываясь на том, с какого " -"носителя производится установка. Результат настройки сохраняется в файле " -"/etc/apt/sources.list, и вы можете проверить и изменить его по желаю " -"после завершения установки." +"носителя производится установка. Результат настройки сохраняется в файле /" +"etc/apt/sources.list, и вы можете проверить и изменить его по желаю после " +"завершения установки." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1485 @@ -2415,10 +2419,10 @@ msgid "" "tasks." msgstr "" "Во время процесса установки вам будет предложено выбрать дополнительное " -"программное обеспечение для установки. Вместо выбора каждой программы " -"из &num-of-distrib-pkgs; доступных пакетов, этот этап позволяет " -"сосредоточиться на выборе и установке заранее подготовленных наборов ПО, " -"чтобы быстро настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." +"программное обеспечение для установки. Вместо выбора каждой программы из " +"&num-of-distrib-pkgs; доступных пакетов, этот этап позволяет сосредоточиться " +"на выборе и установке заранее подготовленных наборов ПО, чтобы быстро " +"настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1496 @@ -2440,21 +2444,20 @@ msgid "" "lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" "Поэтому, сначала вы можете выбрать <emphasis>задачи</emphasis>, а позже " -"установить дополнительные пакеты. В общем, под задачей " -"подразумевается какая-то работы или задания, которые по вашему требованию " -"должен выполнять компьютер, например предоставлять <quote>среду рабочего " -"стола</quote>, служить в качестве <quote>веб сервера</quote> или " -"<quote>сервера печати</quote> <footnote> <para> Вы должны знать, что для " -"предоставления этого списка программа установки просто вызывает " -"программу <command>tasksel</command>. Она можно запускаться в любое " -"время после установки, чтобы установить (или удалить) некоторые пакеты или же вы " -"можете воспользоваться другим более точным инструментом " -"<command>aptitude</command>. Если " -"вам нужен какой-то определённый пакет, то после завершения установки просто " -"запустите <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>пакет</replaceable></" -"userinput>, где <replaceable>пакет</replaceable> — это имя требуемого " -"пакета. </para> </footnote>. В таблице <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " -"показано необходимое пространство для возможных задач." +"установить дополнительные пакеты. В общем, под задачей подразумевается какая-" +"то работы или задания, которые по вашему требованию должен выполнять " +"компьютер, например предоставлять <quote>среду рабочего стола</quote>, " +"служить в качестве <quote>веб сервера</quote> или <quote>сервера печати</" +"quote> <footnote> <para> Вы должны знать, что для предоставления этого " +"списка программа установки просто вызывает программу <command>tasksel</" +"command>. Она можно запускаться в любое время после установки, чтобы " +"установить (или удалить) некоторые пакеты или же вы можете воспользоваться " +"другим более точным инструментом <command>aptitude</command>. Если вам нужен " +"какой-то определённый пакет, то после завершения установки просто запустите " +"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>пакет</replaceable></userinput>, " +"где <replaceable>пакет</replaceable> — это имя требуемого пакета. </" +"para> </footnote>. В таблице <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> показано " +"необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1521 @@ -2473,8 +2476,8 @@ msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " "to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" -"В стандартном пользовательском интерфейсе программы установки для выбора/отмены " -"задач используется клавиша пробел." +"В стандартном пользовательском интерфейсе программы установки для выбора/" +"отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1535 @@ -2486,9 +2489,9 @@ msgid "" "point." msgstr "" "Заметим, что некоторые задачи могут быть уже выбраны в зависимости от " -"характеристик компьютера на который производится установка. Если вы не согласны " -"с таким выбором, то можете отменить выбор лишних задач. Вы даже можете " -"вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." +"характеристик компьютера на который производится установка. Если вы не " +"согласны с таким выбором, то можете отменить выбор лишних задач. Вы даже " +"можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1543 @@ -2501,9 +2504,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Каждый пакет, который вы выбрали программой <command>tasksel</command> " "загружается, распаковывается и затем устанавливается программами " -"<command>apt-get</command> и <command>dpkg</command>. " -"Если какой-то программе нужно больше информации от пользователя, " -"она попросит её во время этого процесса." +"<command>apt-get</command> и <command>dpkg</command>. Если какой-то " +"программе нужно больше информации от пользователя, она попросит её во время " +"этого процесса." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1552 @@ -2791,7 +2794,8 @@ msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1744 @@ -2833,7 +2837,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1772 @@ -2956,7 +2961,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1844 @@ -3155,10 +3161,10 @@ msgid "" "it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " "symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" -"Это файл с сжатым ядром. Это копия файла, на который есть ссылка в <filename>/" -"etc/elilo.conf</filename>. В стандартной установке Debian этот файл " -"находится в <filename>/boot</filename>, и на него указывает символическая " -"ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +"Это файл с сжатым ядром. Это копия файла, на который есть ссылка в " +"<filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. В стандартной установке Debian этот " +"файл находится в <filename>/boot</filename>, и на него указывает " +"символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1979 @@ -3238,7 +3244,8 @@ msgstr "disk" msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " "installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable @@ -3253,7 +3260,8 @@ msgstr "partnr" msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" "filename> resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2026 @@ -3331,8 +3339,10 @@ msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2087 @@ -3340,7 +3350,8 @@ msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором уста msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " "resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable #: using-d-i.xml:2095 @@ -3378,7 +3389,8 @@ msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2123 @@ -3404,7 +3416,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2141 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2142 @@ -3447,7 +3460,8 @@ msgstr "" #: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2178 @@ -3900,4 +3914,3 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузкой с жёсткого диска), запустив <command>base-config</command> в " "<firstterm>chroot</firstterm> среде. В основном, это полезно при отладке " "программы установки и большинству людей не нужно так делать." - diff --git a/po/sv/partitioning.po b/po/sv/partitioning.po index 220885e12..fe3a0977b 100755 --- a/po/sv/partitioning.po +++ b/po/sv/partitioning.po @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-15 22:08+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -28,25 +28,56 @@ msgstr "Besluta Debians partitioner och storlekar" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." +msgid "" +"At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a " +"single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and " +"your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also " +"a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch " +"space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage " +"as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, " +"Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux " +"to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." +msgid "" +"Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of " +"partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the " +"file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If " +"something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition " +"is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been " +"carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should " +"consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. " +"This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other " +"partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the " +"system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from " +"scratch." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." +msgid "" +"The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it " +"really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server " +"getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most " +"of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" +msgid "" +"The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often " +"difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a " +"partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you " +"will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized " +"partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be " +"wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, " +"but why throw your money away?" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -58,7 +89,12 @@ msgstr "Mappträdet" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" +msgid "" +"&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users " +"and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The " +"root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</" +"filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry @@ -268,37 +304,77 @@ msgstr "/opt - program som installeras i form av tilläggspaket" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." +msgid "" +"The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories " +"and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system " +"configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are " +"general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed for the root partition." +msgid "" +"The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, " +"otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250 MB is needed " +"for the root partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4-6 GB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</" +"filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file " +"system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500 " +"MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number " +"and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server " +"installation should allow 4-6 GB." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:171 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web " +"sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this " +"directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your " +"system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management " +"tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about " +"everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 " +"gigabyte of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you " +"are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and " +"utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with " +"300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on " +"doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:187 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." +msgid "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most " +"likely go in this directory. 40–100 MB should usually be enough. Some " +"applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, " +"and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to " +"temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you " +"should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +msgid "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " +"subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " +"using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " +"Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " +"user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -310,55 +386,100 @@ msgstr "Rekommenderad partitioneringstabell" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:220 #, no-c-format -msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." +msgid "" +"For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user " +"setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably " +"the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than " +"around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need " +"periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " +"booting when the partition is large." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:229 #, no-c-format -msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." +msgid "" +"For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put " +"<filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions " +"separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:237 #, no-c-format -msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." +msgid "" +"You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you " +"plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. " +"If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> on its own partition, for instance 20 to 50MB, is a good idea. If " +"you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good " +"to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, " +"the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its " +"uses." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:249 #, no-c-format -msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." +msgid "" +"For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-" +"howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, " +"mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:256 #, no-c-format -msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." +msgid "" +"With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One " +"rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system " +"memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, " +"there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 " +"simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a " +"gigabyte (or more) of swap." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:265 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so " +"instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." +msgid "" +"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " +"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " +"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " +"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " +"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " +"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " +"better performance." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:280 #, no-c-format -msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." +msgid "" +"As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE " +"drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for " +"another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " +"partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" +"dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding " +"after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" +"size-list\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -370,7 +491,10 @@ msgstr "Enhetsnamn i Linux" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:306 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" +msgid "" +"Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating " +"systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and " +"mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -388,37 +512,60 @@ msgstr "Den andra diskettenheten kallas <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:324 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-address) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-address) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:330 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-address) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" +"Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-address) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:336 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:348 #, no-c-format -msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</" +"filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:354 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, " +"respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, " +"effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters " +"may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> in Debian). </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -436,7 +583,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:379 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is " +"named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -448,49 +597,84 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:402 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in " +"your system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." +msgid "" +"Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI " +"disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk " +"(at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second " +"<filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 " +"partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies " +"to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:420 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." +msgid "" +"Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the " +"order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to " +"watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or " +"capacities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." +msgid "" +"Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers " +"1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive " +"is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered " +"starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that " +"is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by " +"itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:438 #, no-c-format -msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgid "" +"VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal " +"SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation " +"software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it " +"<filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." +msgid "" +"Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third " +"partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</" +"quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, " +"and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:452 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your " +"system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -502,7 +686,11 @@ msgstr "Debians partitioneringsprogram" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." +msgid "" +"Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian " +"developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer " +"architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " +"architecture." msgstr "" #. Tag: command @@ -514,7 +702,10 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." +msgid "" +"Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also " +"resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (<quote>format</" +"quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: command @@ -532,7 +723,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>" +msgid "" +"Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The " +"installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that " +"<command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names " +"differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</" +"ulink>" msgstr "" #. Tag: command @@ -550,7 +746,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:514 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." +msgid "" +"Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at " +"all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." msgstr "" #. Tag: command @@ -598,7 +796,9 @@ msgstr "pmac-fdisk" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:551 #, no-c-format -msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." +msgid "" +"PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and " +"Motorola VMEbus systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: command @@ -610,45 +810,67 @@ msgstr "fdasd" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:561 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd " +"manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run by default isn't the one you want, quit the partitioner, go to the shell (<userinput>tty2</userinput>) by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>F2</keycap> keys together, and manually type in the name of the program you want to use (and arguments, if any). Then skip the <guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step in <command>debian-installer</command> and continue to the next step." +msgid "" +"One of these programs will be run by default when you select " +"<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run by " +"default isn't the one you want, quit the partitioner, go to the shell " +"(<userinput>tty2</userinput>) by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> and " +"<keycap>F2</keycap> keys together, and manually type in the name of the " +"program you want to use (and arguments, if any). Then skip the " +"<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step in <command>debian-" +"installer</command> and continue to the next step." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under Execute A Shell to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " +"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " +"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " +"under Execute A Shell to add a device so the 21st partition can be " +"initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " +"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /target/dev\n" "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" "# chgrp disk hda21\n" "# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Remember to mark your boot " +"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format -msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." +msgid "" +"One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " +"partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. " +"All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. " +"Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you " +"should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:618 -#: partitioning.xml:678 -#: partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:798 -#: partitioning.xml:917 -#: partitioning.xml:994 +#: partitioning.xml:618 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 +#: partitioning.xml:798 partitioning.xml:917 partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionering för &arch-title;" @@ -656,91 +878,202 @@ msgstr "Partitionering för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to use a disk label." +msgid "" +"Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " +"&releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition " +"table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with " +"MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As " +"a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on " +"&architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the " +"existing partitions will need to be deleted before partman can convert it to " +"use a disk label." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:630 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." +msgid "" +"If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " +"and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already " +"contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter " +"disk label mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:637 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the <command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with the boot block." +msgid "" +"Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " +"of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or " +"NetBSD), it is suggested that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> make the third " +"partition contain the whole disk. This is not required by <command>aboot</" +"command>, and in fact, it may lead to confusion since the " +"<command>swriteboot</command> utility used to install <command>aboot</" +"command> in the boot sector will complain about a partition overlapping with " +"the boot block." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:648 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." +msgid "" +"Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " +"of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you " +"<emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the " +"disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition " +"at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason " +"mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will " +"only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small " +"partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience " +"reasons." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." +msgid "" +"For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " +"beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and " +"<command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see " +"<xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file " +"systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually " +"from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install " +"the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:679 #, no-c-format -msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels you might wish load; 8–16MB is generally sufficient." +msgid "" +"PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " +"somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional " +"kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at " +"least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware " +"is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This " +"is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within " +"the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 " +"partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be " +"stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever " +"kernels you might wish load; 8–16MB is generally sufficient." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " +"you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may " +"need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. " +"The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you " +"get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option to partition " +"manually and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:712 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." +msgid "" +"The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " +"There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</" +"quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 " +"BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More " +"information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux " +"Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-" +"disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief " +"overview to help you plan most situations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:723 #, no-c-format -msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." +msgid "" +"<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " +"PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this " +"limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions " +"were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended " +"partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into " +"logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended " +"partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:734 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." +msgid "" +"Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " +"usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an " +"IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the " +"normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may " +"not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create " +"devices for those partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:744 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." +msgid "" +"If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the " +"boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed " +"within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 " +"megabytes, without BIOS translation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:752 #, no-c-format -msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." +msgid "" +"This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " +"1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the " +"<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the " +"Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the " +"BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large " +"disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. " +"Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it " +"cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd " +"cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these " +"restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk " +"access." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:766 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." +msgid "" +"If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " +"techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA " +"(Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). " +"More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a " +"cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk " +"access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the " +"<emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:778 #, no-c-format -msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (5–10MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." +msgid "" +"The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (5–10MB " +"should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the " +"boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, " +"in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be " +"mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the " +"Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, " +"regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and " +"regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:800 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." +msgid "" +"The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " +"tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount " +"points to ensure that the disks and filesystems is properly configured for a " +"successful installation. It actually uses the <command>parted</command> to " +"do the on-disk partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -752,20 +1085,37 @@ msgstr "EFI-startpartition" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:813 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." +msgid "" +"The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " +"GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer " +"recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides the " +"<command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use the <ulink url=\"parted.txt" +"\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT " +"and MS-DOS tables correctly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:825 #, no-c-format -msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." +msgid "" +"The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " +"an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the " +"partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> " +"partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " +"For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you " +"can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> " +"utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to " +"erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then " +"something similar to the following command sequence could be used: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -773,7 +1123,14 @@ msgid "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." +"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three " +"partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file " +"system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are " +"specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the " +"disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting " +"at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space " +"with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it " +"scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -785,19 +1142,36 @@ msgstr "Krav för startladdarens partition" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:860 #, no-c-format -msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." +msgid "" +"ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " +"system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be " +"big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish " +"to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with " +"multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:869 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " +"boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even " +"on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the " +"partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on " +"your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI " +"partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk " +"layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this " +"omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free " +"space for adding an EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:884 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " +"same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -809,13 +1183,27 @@ msgstr "Beräknar de nya partitionerna..." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:895 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " +"seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of " +"the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to " +"store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard " +"disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult " +"the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for " +"details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " +"time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:918 #, no-c-format -msgid "SGI Indys require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header(partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." +msgid "" +"SGI Indys require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " +"from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby " +"created volume header(partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If " +"the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition " +"number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header " +"must start at sector 0." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -827,48 +1215,94 @@ msgstr "Partitionering av nyare PowerMac" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." +msgid "" +"If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " +"bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must " +"be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</" +"emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made " +"bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by " +"creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use " +"it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:949 #, no-c-format -msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." +msgid "" +"The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " +"mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special " +"modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:956 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." +msgid "" +"Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " +"the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</" +"command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have " +"kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and " +"<command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:966 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " +"partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you " +"create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder " +"the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map " +"(which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical " +"address order, that counts." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." +msgid "" +"Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " +"dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a " +"small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on " +"every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS " +"partitions and driver partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:995 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." +msgid "" +"Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " +"is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and " +"so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key " +"is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1003 #, no-c-format -msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " +"boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that " +"the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, " +"which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap " +"partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can " +"put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and " +"the boot block alone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:1014 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." +msgid "" +"It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder " +"to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the " +"<command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index d858db6a1..771f1276f 100755 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-13 14:43+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "Installering av grundsystemet" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title diff --git a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po index dbf320628..1185313f5 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-25 21:03+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -411,14 +411,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>：每个用户将放置他的个人数据到这个目录的子目录下。" "其大小取决于有多少用户将使用系统和有什么文件放在他们的目录下。取决于您计划的" @@ -546,7 +547,12 @@ msgid "" "another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " "partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" "dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." -msgstr "作为一个例子，在一个较老的家用机器上，可能具有 32MB 内存以及一个在 <filename>/dev/hda</filename> 上 1.7GB 的 IDE 驱动器。这里 <filename>/dev/hda1</filename> 上是一个 500MB 的分区用于其它操作系统，一个 32MB 交换分区在 <filename>/dev/hda3</filename>，以及一个 1.2GB 分区 <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> 用于 Linux 分区。" +msgstr "" +"作为一个例子，在一个较老的家用机器上，可能具有 32MB 内存以及一个在 " +"<filename>/dev/hda</filename> 上 1.7GB 的 IDE 驱动器。这里 <filename>/dev/" +"hda1</filename> 上是一个 500MB 的分区用于其它操作系统，一个 32MB 交换分区在 " +"<filename>/dev/hda3</filename>，以及一个 1.2GB 分区 <filename>/dev/hda2</" +"filename> 用于 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:289 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 0611f67b1..fafd844a4 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-05 22:08+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -157,7 +157,11 @@ msgid "" "the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " "process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" "keycombo>." -msgstr "错误信息和记录被重定向到第四个控制台。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (按住左 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键同时按下 <keycap>F4</keycap> 功能键)访问该控制台；返回主安装进程使用 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" +msgstr "" +"错误信息和记录被重定向到第四个控制台。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 " +"Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (按住左 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键同" +"时按下 <keycap>F4</keycap> 功能键)访问该控制台；返回主安装进程使用 " +"<keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 @@ -169,7 +173,11 @@ msgid "" "found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " "<filename>/var/log/debian/</filename> after the computer has been booted " "into the installed system." -msgstr "这些信息还可以在 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 里找到。完成安装之后，该记录会被复制到您新系统中的 <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/syslog</filename>。其它的安装信息安装时可以在 <filename>/var/log/</filename> 找到。在系统重新启动后记录的地方是 <filename>/var/log/debian/</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"这些信息还可以在 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 里找到。完成安装之后，" +"该记录会被复制到您新系统中的 <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/syslog</" +"filename>。其它的安装信息安装时可以在 <filename>/var/log/</filename> 找到。在" +"系统重新启动后记录的地方是 <filename>/var/log/debian/</filename>。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -565,7 +573,9 @@ msgid "" "hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " "without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " "an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "在硬盘上安装启动加载程序，是必须的一步，使得计算机启动 Linux 不必依靠软盘和 CD-ROM 启动。许多启动加载程序都允许用户在启动的时候选择使用哪个操作系统。" +msgstr "" +"在硬盘上安装启动加载程序，是必须的一步，使得计算机启动 Linux 不必依靠软盘和 " +"CD-ROM 启动。许多启动加载程序都允许用户在启动的时候选择使用哪个操作系统。" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -593,7 +603,9 @@ msgid "" "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " "hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " "accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "当用户遇到麻烦时，提供一种方式记录信息到软盘，网络，硬盘或其他介质，用于以后给 Debian 开发人员精确地报告安装程序的问题。" +msgstr "" +"当用户遇到麻烦时，提供一种方式记录信息到软盘，网络，硬盘或其他介质，用于以后" +"给 Debian 开发人员精确地报告安装程序的问题。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -1849,10 +1861,10 @@ msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1246 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title @@ -1869,7 +1881,9 @@ msgid "" "process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " "If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " "the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的时区列表。如果您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" +msgstr "" +"基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的时区列表。如果" +"您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1276 @@ -1885,7 +1899,9 @@ msgid "" "this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " "whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " "systems are installed." -msgstr "安装程序可能会询问是否计算机的时钟设置为 UTC。通常会尽量避免这个问题，而且安装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" +msgstr "" +"安装程序可能会询问是否计算机的时钟设置为 UTC。通常会尽量避免这个问题，而且安" +"装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1285 @@ -1897,7 +1913,11 @@ msgid "" "instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " "or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " "local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">(同时)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc" +"\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不" +"是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">(同时)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常" +"设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1296 @@ -1907,7 +1927,9 @@ msgid "" "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " "to UTC." -msgstr "注意，安装程序当前并不允许您设定计算机的时钟。但在安装完之后，如果时间不正确或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" +msgstr "" +"注意，安装程序当前并不允许您设定计算机的时钟。但在安装完之后，如果时间不正确" +"或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1312 @@ -2032,7 +2054,9 @@ msgid "" "fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " "base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " "take some time." -msgstr "尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" +msgstr "" +"尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如" +"果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1396 @@ -2049,7 +2073,11 @@ msgid "" "pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " "get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "在基本系统安装期间，软件包解包和配置信息重定向到 <userinput>tty4</userinput>。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> 访问该终端；返回主安装进程使用 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" +msgstr "" +"在基本系统安装期间，软件包解包和配置信息重定向到 <userinput>tty4</" +"userinput>。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> 访问该终端；返回主安装进程使用 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1408 @@ -2058,7 +2086,9 @@ msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " "a serial console." -msgstr "在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下，基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下，基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1414 @@ -2087,7 +2117,10 @@ msgid "" "their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " "longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " "network." -msgstr "基本系统安装后，您拥有了一个可用但有限的系统。大多少用户会安装额外的软件，并根据他们的需求调整，安装程序允许您这么做。如果您的电脑或网络比较慢，这一步或许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" +msgstr "" +"基本系统安装后，您拥有了一个可用但有限的系统。大多少用户会安装额外的软件，并" +"根据他们的需求调整，安装程序允许您这么做。如果您的电脑或网络比较慢，这一步或" +"许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1442 @@ -2113,7 +2146,16 @@ msgid "" "command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " "integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " "a nice user interface." -msgstr "本节的重点是 <command>apt-get</command>，这是一个人们用来安装各种软件的程序，它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 软件包中。<footnote> <para> 事实上，真正用来安装软件包的程序是 <command>dpkg</command>。但这是一个比较低层次的工具。<command>apt-get</command> 是一个高级工具，它可以在适当的时候执行 <command>dpkg</command>，还知道在安装某个软件包时自动安装所需的其它软件包，并且能够从您的光盘、网络或其它地方下载它们。</para> </footnote> 其他的包管理前端程序，像 <command>aptitude</command>，<command>synaptic</command> 也是使用并依赖 <command>apt-get</command>。这些前端软件推荐新用户使用，因为它们在良好的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" +msgstr "" +"本节的重点是 <command>apt-get</command>，这是一个人们用来安装各种软件的程序，" +"它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 软件包中。<footnote> <para> 事实上，真" +"正用来安装软件包的程序是 <command>dpkg</command>。但这是一个比较低层次的工" +"具。<command>apt-get</command> 是一个高级工具，它可以在适当的时候执行 " +"<command>dpkg</command>，还知道在安装某个软件包时自动安装所需的其它软件包，并" +"且能够从您的光盘、网络或其它地方下载它们。</para> </footnote> 其他的包管理前" +"端程序，像 <command>aptitude</command>，<command>synaptic</command> 也是使用" +"并依赖 <command>apt-get</command>。这些前端软件推荐新用户使用，因为它们在良好" +"的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1468 @@ -2124,7 +2166,10 @@ msgid "" "on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " "configuration are written to the file /etc/apt/sources.list, and you can " "examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "您必须设置 <command>apt</command>，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。安装程序根据您的安装介质最大程度上自动处理。设置的结果写入到 /etc/apt/sources.list 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检验和编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" +msgstr "" +"您必须设置 <command>apt</command>，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。安装程序根据您" +"的安装介质最大程度上自动处理。设置的结果写入到 /etc/apt/sources.list 文件里" +"面，安装完成后您可以检验和编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1485 @@ -2142,7 +2187,10 @@ msgid "" "the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " "collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " "tasks." -msgstr "安装过程中，您有机会选择安装额外的软件包。不像从 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 里面选择单独的软件包，这一阶段安装过程着眼于安装一组预定义软件包，来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。" +msgstr "" +"安装过程中，您有机会选择安装额外的软件包。不像从 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 里面选" +"择单独的软件包，这一阶段安装过程着眼于安装一组预定义软件包，来快速建立您的计" +"算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1496 @@ -2162,7 +2210,17 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " "looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " "lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "所以，您可以先选择 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis>，然后再单独添加软件包。tasks 松散地代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作，比如 <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote> 或者 <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> 您应该知道，代表这个列表，<command>base-config</command> 仅是执行 <command>tasksel</command> 程序。也可以在安装之后的任何时间安装(或删除)其他软件包，或者使用更精致的工具，如 <command>aptitude</command> 程序。如果您寻找一个特定的软件包，在安装之后，只需执行 <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>，其中 <replaceable>package</replaceable> 是您需要的软件包名。</para> </footnote>。<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" +msgstr "" +"所以，您可以先选择 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis>，然后再单独添加软件包。tasks 松" +"散地代表了您要在计算机上从事的一系列工作，比如 <quote>Desktop environment</" +"quote>, <quote>Web server</quote> 或者 <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> " +"<para> 您应该知道，代表这个列表，<command>base-config</command> 仅是执行 " +"<command>tasksel</command> 程序。也可以在安装之后的任何时间安装(或删除)其他软" +"件包，或者使用更精致的工具，如 <command>aptitude</command> 程序。如果您寻找一" +"个特定的软件包，在安装之后，只需执行 <userinput>aptitude install " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>，其中 <replaceable>package</" +"replaceable> 是您需要的软件包名。</para> </footnote>。<xref linkend=" +"\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1521 @@ -2190,7 +2248,9 @@ msgid "" "computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " "un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " "point." -msgstr "注意，根据所安装电脑的特征，有些任务被预先选择。如果您不需要它们，可以取消选择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" +msgstr "" +"注意，根据所安装电脑的特征，有些任务被预先选择。如果您不需要它们，可以取消选" +"择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:1543 @@ -2200,7 +2260,10 @@ msgid "" "unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " "<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " "information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "通过 <command>tasksel</command> 选择的每个软件包，都是使用 <command>apt-get</command> 和 <command>dpkg</command> 程序依次进行下载、解压和安装。如果某个程序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" +msgstr "" +"通过 <command>tasksel</command> 选择的每个软件包，都是使用 <command>apt-get</" +"command> 和 <command>dpkg</command> 程序依次进行下载、解压和安装。如果某个程" +"序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1552 @@ -3223,7 +3286,9 @@ msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " "installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" "installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "如果安装成功，安装过程中创建的记录文件，会被自动保存在您的新 Debian 系统上的 <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"如果安装成功，安装过程中创建的记录文件，会被自动保存在您的新 Debian 系统上的 " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2290 @@ -3234,7 +3299,10 @@ msgid "" "other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " "installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " "an installation report." -msgstr "从主菜单上选择 <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem>，允许您将记录文件保存到软盘上、网络、硬盘或其他介质。这可用于安装过程中遭遇严重错误的时，您想在其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" +msgstr "" +"从主菜单上选择 <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem>，允许您将记录文件保" +"存到软盘上、网络、硬盘或其他介质。这可用于安装过程中遭遇严重错误的时，您想在" +"其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:2310 diff --git a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po index 15c18e7a1..3356f7251 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin, Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -411,14 +411,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:198 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " "subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " "using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " "Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100 MB for each " "user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " -"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (MP3, movies) in your home directory." +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>：每個使用者將他的個人資料放置在這個目錄的子目錄" "下。其大小取決於有多少使用者將使用系統和有什麼文件放在他們的目錄下。根據您計" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index 83105efc9..4b8a87a6d 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-06 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "安裝基本系統" #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " -"to set up the system is is about the install." +"to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title |